RCS-915AS

Busbar Protection
Instruction Manual

Nanjing Nari-Relays Electric Co., Ltd.

 RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

Preface

1.1 Introduction
This guide and the relevant operating or service manual documentation for the equipment provide
full information on safe handling, commissioning and testing of this equipment.

Documentation for equipment ordered from NARI-RELAYS is dispatched separately from

manufactured goods and may not be received at the same time. Therefore, this guide is provided
to ensure that printed information normally present on equipment is fully understood by the
recipient.

Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with the contents of
this manual, and read relevant chapter carefully.

This chapter describes the safety precautions recommended when using the equipment. Before
installing and using the equipment, this chapter must be thoroughly read and understood.

1.2 Health and Safety

The information in this chapter of the equipment documentation is intended to ensure that
equipment is properly installed and handled in order to maintain it in a safe condition.

When electrical equipment is in operation, dangerous voltages will be present in certain parts of
the equipment. Failure to observe warning notices, incorrect use, or improper use may endanger
personnel and equipment and cause personal injury or physical damage.

Before working in the terminal strip area, the equipment must be isolated.

Proper and safe operation of the equipment depends on appropriate shipping and handling,
proper storage, installation and commissioning, and on careful operation, maintenance and
servicing. For this reason, only qualified personnel may work on or operate the equipment.

Qualified personnel are individuals who:

z Are familiar with the installation, commissioning, and operation of the equipment and of the
system to which it is being connected;

z Are able to safely perform switching operations in accordance with accepted safety
engineering practices and are authorized to energize and de-energize equipment and to
isolate, ground, and label it;

z Are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with safety engineering
practices;

z Are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD i

RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

1.3 Instructions and Warnings

The following indicators and standard definitions are used:

DANGER!

It means that death, severe personal injury, or considerable equipment damage will occur if safety
precautions are disregarded.

WARNING!

It means that death, severe personal, or considerable equipment damage could occur if safety
precautions are disregarded.

CAUTION!

It means that light personal injury or equipment damage may occur if safety precautions are
disregarded. This particularly applies to damage to the device and to resulting damage of the
protected equipment.

WARNING!

The firmware may be upgraded to add new features or enhance/modify existing features, please
make sure that the version of this manual is compatible with the product in your hand.

WARNING!

During operation of electrical equipment, certain parts of these devices are under high voltage.
Severe personal injury or significant equipment damage could result from improper behavior.

Only qualified personnel should work on this equipment or in the vicinity of this equipment. These
personnel must be familiar with all warnings and service procedures described in this manual, as
well as safety regulations.

In particular, the general facility and safety regulations for work with high-voltage equipment must
be observed. Noncompliance may result in death, injury, or significant equipment damage.

DANGER!

Never allow the current transformer (CT) secondary circuit connected to this equipment to be
opened while the primary system is live. Opening the CT circuit will produce a dangerously high
voltage.

WARNING!

z Exposed terminals

ii NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

Do not touch the exposed terminals of this equipment while the power is on, as the high voltage
generated is dangerous

z Residual voltage

Hazardous voltage can be present in the DC circuit just after switching off the DC power supply. It
takes a few seconds for the voltage to discharge.

CAUTION!

z Earth

The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed

z Operating environment

The equipment must only be used within the range of ambient environment detailed in the
specification and in an environment free of abnormal vibration.

z Ratings

Before applying AC voltage and current or the DC power supply to the equipment, check that they
conform to the equipment ratings.

z Printed circuit board

Do not attach and remove printed circuit boards when DC power to the equipment is on, as this
may cause the equipment to malfunction.

z External circuit

When connecting the output contacts of the equipment to an external circuit, carefully check the
supply voltage used in order to prevent the connected circuit from overheating.

z Connection cable

Carefully handle the connection cable without applying excessive force.

Copyright
Manual: R1.00 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
P/N: EN_YJBH0302.0086.0001 69 SuYuan. Avenue, Nanjing 211102，China
Tel: 86-25-87178185, Fax: 86-25-87178208
Copyright © NR 2009. All rights reserved Website: www.nari-relays.com
Email: [email protected]
We reserve all rights to this document and to the information
contained herein. Improper use in particular reproduction and
dissemination to third parties is strictly forbidden except where
expressly authorized.

The information in this manual is carefully checked periodically,

and necessary corrections will be included in future editions. If
nevertheless any errors are detected, suggestions for correction or
improvement are greatly appreciated.
We reserve the rights to make technical improvements without
notice.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD iii

RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

Table of Contents
Preface ....................................................................................................................................... i

1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................. i

1.2 Health and Safety ......................................................................................................... i

1.3 Instructions and Warnings ......................................................................................... ii

Table of Contents .................................................................................................................... iv

Chapter 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Application ................................................................................................................... 1

1.2 Function ....................................................................................................................... 1

1.3 Feature ......................................................................................................................... 2

Chapter 2 Technical Data ......................................................................................................... 5

2.1 Electrical Specifications ............................................................................................. 5

2.1.1 Analog input ratings ......................................................................................... 5

2.1.2 Power supply ..................................................................................................... 5

2.1.3 Binary input ....................................................................................................... 6

2.1.4 Binary output ..................................................................................................... 6

2.1.5 Power supply output for opto-coupler ............................................................ 6

2.2 Mechanical Specifications .......................................................................................... 6

2.3 Ambient Temperature and Humidity Range .............................................................. 7

2.4 Communication port ................................................................................................... 7

2.5 Type Tests .................................................................................................................... 8

2.5.1 Environmental tests .......................................................................................... 8

2.5.2 Mechanical tests ............................................................................................... 8

2.5.3 Electrical tests ................................................................................................... 8

2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility ......................................................................... 8

2.6 Certifications ............................................................................................................... 9

2.7 Protective Function ................................................................................................... 10

2.7.1 Busbar differential protection ........................................................................ 10

2.7.2 Bus coupler/section overcurrent protection................................................. 10

iv NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

2.7.3 Bus coupler/section SOTF protection ........................................................... 10

2.7.4 Bus coupler/section breaker failure protection ............................................ 10

2.7.5 Bus coupler/section pole discrepancy protection ....................................... 11

2.7.6 Bus coupler dead zone protection ................................................................ 11

2.7.7 Breaker failure protection .............................................................................. 11

Chapter 3 Protection Description ......................................................................................... 13

3.1 Overview .................................................................................................................... 13

3.2 Busbar Differential Protection ................................................................................. 14

3.2.1 Fault detector element .................................................................................... 15

3.2.2 Percentage differential element ..................................................................... 16

3.2.3 Faulty busbar zone discrimination ................................................................ 18

3.2.4 Backup busbar differential element .............................................................. 19

3.2.5 Detection of CT saturation ............................................................................. 19

3.2.6 Voltage control element (VCE) ....................................................................... 20

3.2.7 Logic scheme .................................................................................................. 21

3.3 Bus Coupler Protection/Bus Section Protection .................................................... 23

3.3.1 Switch onto fault (SOTF) protection of bus coupler or bus section ........... 23

3.3.2 Overcurrent protection (OC) of bus coupler or bus section ....................... 25

3.3.3 Pole discrepancy protection of bus coupler or bus section ....................... 26

3.3.4 Breaker failure protection (BFP) of BC ......................................................... 27

3.3.5 Dead zone protection of BC ........................................................................... 28

3.3.6 BS Breaker failure protection and BS Breaker failure initiation (BFI) ........ 30

3.3.7 BC breaker substitution ................................................................................. 31

3.4 Breaker Failure Protection (BFP) ............................................................................. 33

3.4.1 Initiation contact ............................................................................................. 33

3.4.2 Current criterion .............................................................................................. 34

3.4.3 Voltage control element (VCE) ....................................................................... 34

3.4.4 Logic scheme .................................................................................................. 35

3.5 Dynamic Busbar Replica .......................................................................................... 36

3.5.1 Identification of disconnector position ......................................................... 36

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD v

RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

3.6 VT Circuit Supervision .............................................................................................. 37

3.7 CT Circuit Supervision.............................................................................................. 37

3.7.1 CT circuit failure .............................................................................................. 37

3.7.2 CT circuit abnormality .................................................................................... 38

3.8 Busbar voltage Switchover ...................................................................................... 38

Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision ......................................................................................... 41

4.1 Overview .................................................................................................................... 41

4.2 Handle Alarm ............................................................................................................. 41

4.2.1 List of self-supervision report........................................................................ 42

4.2.2 Repairmen suggestion of self-supervision report ....................................... 44

4.3 Protective Device Supervision ................................................................................. 46

4.3.1 Hardware supervision..................................................................................... 46

4.3.2 Fault detector supervision ............................................................................. 46

4.3.3 Binary output supervision .............................................................................. 46

4.3.4 Binary input supervision ................................................................................ 46

4.3.5 Setting supervision ......................................................................................... 47

4.3.6 Internal communication supervision ............................................................. 47

4.4 AC Circuit Supervision ............................................................................................. 47

4.4.1 Voltage and current drift supervision and auto-adjustment ........................ 47

4.4.2 Sample supervision ........................................................................................ 47

4.5 Secondary Circuit Supervision ................................................................................ 48

4.5.1 Opto-coupler power supervision ................................................................... 48

4.5.2 CT circuit supervision .................................................................................... 48

4.5.3 VT circuit supervision..................................................................................... 48

4.5.4 Disconnector position supervision ............................................................... 48

4.5.5 BC breaker supervision .................................................................................. 48

4.6 Abnormality of HMI Module ...................................................................................... 48

Chapter 5 Metering and Recording ....................................................................................... 51

5.1 Metering Function ..................................................................................................... 51

5.1.1 Metering ........................................................................................................... 51

vi NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

5.1.2 Differential current .......................................................................................... 51

5.1.3 Phase angle ..................................................................................................... 51

5.1.4 Debug values of DSP1 .................................................................................... 52

5.1.5 Debug values of DSP2 .................................................................................... 53

5.2 Recording Function .................................................................................................. 53

5.2.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 53

5.2.2 Event recorder ................................................................................................. 54

5.2.3 Disturbance recorder ...................................................................................... 54

5.2.4 Present recorder ............................................................................................. 55

Chapter 6 Hardware Description ........................................................................................... 57

6.1 Hardware Platform .................................................................................................... 57

6.2 Overview .................................................................................................................... 57

6.3 Connectors and Terminals ....................................................................................... 60

6.3.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 60

6.3.2 Pins definition of connector (1A) ................................................................... 61

6.3.3 Pins definition of connector (1B) ................................................................... 62

6.3.4 Pins definition of connector (2A) ................................................................... 62

6.3.5 Pins definition of connector (2B) ................................................................... 63

6.3.6 Pins definition of connector (3A) ................................................................... 64

6.3.7 Pins definition of connector (3B) ................................................................... 65

6.3.8 Pins definition of connector (4A) ................................................................... 66

6.3.9 Pins definition of connector (4B) ................................................................... 67

6.3.10 Pins definition of connector (5A) ................................................................. 68

6.3.11 Pins definition of connector (5B) ................................................................. 69

6.3.12 Pins definition of connector (6B) ................................................................. 70

6.3.13 Pins definition of connector (7B) ................................................................. 71

6.3.14 Pins definition of connector (8B) ................................................................. 72

6.3.15 Pins definition of connector (9B) ................................................................. 72

6.3.16 Pins definition of connector (9C) ................................................................. 73

6.3.17 Pins definition of connector (10B) ............................................................... 74

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD vii

RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

6.3.18 Pins definition of connector (10C) ............................................................... 74

6.3.19 Pins definition of connector (11B) ............................................................... 75

6.3.20 Pins definition of connector (11C) ............................................................... 76

6.3.21 Pins definition of connector (12B) ............................................................... 77

6.3.22 Pins definition of connector (12C) ............................................................... 78

Chapter 7 Setting.................................................................................................................... 79

7.1 Equipment Parameter ............................................................................................... 79

7.1.1 Settings list ...................................................................................................... 79

7.1.2 Settings description........................................................................................ 79

7.1.3 Access path ..................................................................................................... 80

7.2 System Parameter ..................................................................................................... 81

7.2.1 Settings list ...................................................................................................... 81

7.2.2 Settings description........................................................................................ 82

7.2.3 Access path ..................................................................................................... 84

7.3 Busbar Protection Settings ...................................................................................... 84

7.3.1 Settings list ...................................................................................................... 84

7.3.2 Setting description.......................................................................................... 85

7.3.3 Access path ..................................................................................................... 89

7.4 Breaker Failure Protection Settings ........................................................................ 89

7.4.1 Settings list ...................................................................................................... 89

7.4.2 Settings description........................................................................................ 95

7.4.3 Access path ..................................................................................................... 96

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface .................................................................................... 97

8.1 Overview .................................................................................................................... 97

8.1.1 Keypad operation ............................................................................................ 98

8.1.2 LED indications ............................................................................................... 99

8.1.3 Communication port ..................................................................................... 101

8.2 Menu Tree ................................................................................................................ 101

8.2.1 Overview ........................................................................................................ 101

8.2.2 Values ............................................................................................................. 103

viii NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

8.2.3 Report ............................................................................................................ 103

8.2.4 Print ................................................................................................................ 104

8.2.5 Settings .......................................................................................................... 105

8.2.6 Clock .............................................................................................................. 105

8.2.7 Version ........................................................................................................... 105

8.2.8 Debug ............................................................................................................. 106

8.3 LCD Display ............................................................................................................. 106

8.3.1 Initial interface ............................................................................................... 106

8.3.2 Display tripping report .................................................................................. 108

8.3.3 Display self-supervision report.................................................................... 110

8.3.4 Display status change of binary input report ............................................. 113

8.3.5 View settings ................................................................................................. 116

8.3.6 View values .................................................................................................... 117

8.3.7 View reports ................................................................................................... 120

8.3.8 Print reports and waveforms........................................................................ 121

8.3.9 View version .................................................................................................. 122

8.4 Keypad Operation ................................................................................................... 123

8.4.1 Modify settings .............................................................................................. 123

8.4.2 Copy settings ................................................................................................ 124

8.4.3 Switch active setting group ......................................................................... 125

8.4.4 Delete reports ................................................................................................ 125

8.4.5 Adjust clock ................................................................................................... 126

Chapter 9 Communication ................................................................................................... 129

9.1 Overview .................................................................................................................. 129

9.2 Rear Communication Port Information ................................................................. 129

9.2.1 RS-485 Interface ............................................................................................ 129

9.2.2 Ethernet Interface.......................................................................................... 131

9.2.3 IEC60870-5-103 Communication .................................................................. 131

9.3 IEC60870-5-103 Interface over Serial Port............................................................. 131

9.3.1 Physical Connection and Link Layer........................................................... 131

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD ix

RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

9.3.2 Initialization ................................................................................................... 132

9.3.3 Time Synchronization ................................................................................... 132

9.3.4 Spontaneous Events ..................................................................................... 132

9.3.5 General Interrogation.................................................................................... 136

9.3.6 General Commands ...................................................................................... 136

9.3.7 Disturbance Records .................................................................................... 136

9.4 Messages Description for Modbus Protocol ........................................................ 137

9.4.1 Get Realtime Status (Binary) ........................................................................ 137

9.4.2 Get Metering Values of Equipment .............................................................. 144

9.4.3 Settings .......................................................................................................... 146

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning ...................................................................... 155

10.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 155

10.2 Safety Information ................................................................................................. 155

10.3 Overview ................................................................................................................ 157

10.4 Unpacking and Checking the Protection Equipment ......................................... 157

10.5 Installing the Protective Device ........................................................................... 158

10.5.1 Overview ...................................................................................................... 158

10.5.2 Dimensions .................................................................................................. 159

10.5.3 Grounding Guidelines ................................................................................ 160

10.5.4 Cubicle Grounding ...................................................................................... 160

10.5.5 Ground Connection on the Device ............................................................ 161

10.5.6 Grounding Strips and their Installation ..................................................... 162

10.5.7 Making the electrical connections ............................................................. 162

10.5.8 Typical Wiring .............................................................................................. 164

10.6 Check the External Circuitry ................................................................................ 168

10.7 Energizing the Protective Device ......................................................................... 169

10.8 Setting the Protective Device ............................................................................... 170

10.9 Establishing Connection and Verifying Communication ................................... 170

10.10 Verifying settings by secondary injection ......................................................... 170

10.10.1 Insulation test (if required) ....................................................................... 171

x NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

10.10.2 AC measurement check............................................................................ 172

10.10.3 Busbar differential protection .................................................................. 172

10.10.4 BC dead zone protection .......................................................................... 180

10.10.5 Bus coupler SOTF protection .................................................................. 183

10.10.6 Bus section SOTF protection ................................................................... 185

10.10.7 Bus coupler overcurrent protection ........................................................ 185

10.10.8 Bus section overcurrent protection ........................................................ 186

10.10.9 Bus coupler breaker failure protection ................................................... 186

10.10.10 BS breaker failure initiation and BS breaker failure protection .......... 188

10.10.11 Bus coupler pole discrepancy protection ............................................. 190

10.10.12 Bus section pole discrepancy protection ............................................. 192

10.10.13 Breaker failure protection....................................................................... 192

10.10.14 VT circuit failure ...................................................................................... 194

10.10.15 CT circuit failure ...................................................................................... 196

10.10.16 Print reports ............................................................................................. 198

10.10.17 On-load checks ....................................................................................... 198

10.11 Final Check .......................................................................................................... 199

Chapter 11 Maintenance ...................................................................................................... 201

11.1 Appearance Check ................................................................................................ 201

11.2 Failure Tracing and Repair.................................................................................... 201

11.3 Replace Failed Modules ........................................................................................ 202

11.4 Replace Button Battery ......................................................................................... 204

11.5 Cleaning ................................................................................................................. 204

11.6 Storage ................................................................................................................... 204

Chapter 12 Decommissioning and Disposal ...................................................................... 205

12.1 Decommissioning ................................................................................................. 205

12.2 Disposal ................................................................................................................. 205

Chapter 13 Manual Version History .................................................................................... 207

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD xi

 Chapter 1 Introduction

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Application
RCS-915AS is a digital differential protective device for busbar. It is especially suitable for any
voltage class double busbars with double bus couplers and double bus sections arrangement and
two RCS-915AS busbar protections are needed simultaneously. RCS-915AS busbar protection
has the capacity for up to 21 feeders involving bus section and bus coupler. It can also meet the
requirement that temporarily the bus coupler in the double busbar arrangement is used to
substitute one of the circuit breakers.

1.2 Function
RCS-915AS provides the following functions

1. Protection function

„ Busbar differential protection (87B)

‹ Steady-state percentage differential protection

‹ DPFC percentage differential protection

„ Bus coupler protection

‹ SOTF protection (50)

‹ Dead zone protection (51/62EF)

‹ Breaker failure protection (50BF)

‹ Overcurrent protection (51P/51N)

‹ Pole discrepancy protection (51/62PD)

„ Bus section protection

‹ SOTF protection (50)

‹ Breaker failure initiation(BFI)

‹ Breaker failure protection (50BF)

‹ Overcurrent protection (51P/51N)

‹ Pole discrepancy protection (51/62PD)

„ Breaker failure protection (50BF)

Note!

DPFC is the abbreviation of “Deviation of Power Frequency Component”. In the case of a

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 1

Chapter 1 Introduction

fault in the power system, the fault current consists of three parts: the power frequency
components before the fault, the power frequency variables during the fault and the
transient variables during the fault. DPFC is the power frequency variables during the fault.

2. Auxiliary protection

„ Dynamic busbar replica

„ CT circuit failure supervision

„ VT circuit failure supervision

„ Disconnected position alarm

„ Busbar voltage switching

3. Time synchronization

„ Receiving PPS (pulse per second) and PPM (pulse per minute) via external contact

„ Receiving PPS, PPM and IRIG-B signal via RS-485

„ Receiving time synchronization message from substation automation system

4. Event recorder and disturbance recorder

„ 32 latest fault reports

„ 32 latest self-supervision reports

„ 32 latest status change of binary input reports

„ 8 latest fault waveforms (The file format of disturbance recorder is compatible with
international COMTRADE file)

5. Communication

„ 2 RS-485 communication rear ports (option optical fibre interface)

„ 1 RS-485 communication rear ports for time synchronization

„ 1 RS-232 communication rear ports for printer

„ 1 RS-232 communication front port for debugging

„ Support IEC60870-5-103 protocol

„ Support ModBus protocol

„ Support IEC61850 protocol (through external auxiliary device)

1.3 Feature
„ Parallel calculation of double CPU system

2 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 1 Introduction

„ Independent fault detector element

„ Outstanding measurement which can prevent any undesired trip

„ Less than 20ms typical trip time for busbar differential protection.

„ High sensitive percentage differential protection

„ Matching to different CT ratios and settable CT adjustment coefficient

„ A fully-fledged adaptive weighted anti-saturation algorithm

„ Support IRIG-B clock synchronization

„ Friendly human machine interface

„ Support IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol

„ Perfect event recorder

„ Multi-language - English, Chinese, Russian optional

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 3

Chapter 1 Introduction

4 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 2 Technical Data

Chapter 2 Technical Data

2.1 Electrical Specifications

2.1.1 Analog input ratings
1. Analog current

Phase rotation ABC

Nominal frequency 50Hz, ±10%
Rated Current 1A 5A
Linear to 40A 200A
Thermal withstand
-continuously 3In 3In
-for 10s 30In 30In
-for 1s 100In 100In
-for half a cycle 250In 250In
Burden < 0.2 VA/phase @ In < 0.5 VA/phase @ In

2. Analog voltage

Per IEC 60255-6, 1988

Rated Voltage 100V/√3, 110V/√3 100V, 110V 200V
Linear to 100V 173V 230V
Thermal withstand
-continuously 120V 120V 200V
-10s 200V 200V 350V
-1s 250V 250V 400V
Burden < 0.2 VA/phase @Un < 0.5 VA/phase @Un < 2.5 VA/phase @Un

2.1.2 Power supply

Rated Voltage 110Vdc, 125Vdc, 220Vdc, 250Vdc

Variation 80%~120% Un
Ripple in the DC
Max 15% of the DC value. Per IEC 60255-11:2008
auxiliary voltage
Voltage short Per IEC 61000-4-11:2004, IEC 60255-11:2008
interruptions 20ms for interruption without de-energizing
Per IEC 61000-4-11, IEC 60255-11:2008
Voltage dips
Up to 100ms for dips 60% of Un without reset
Quiescent condition <40W
Burden
Operating condition <70W
Backup battery type 1/2AA, 3.6V, 60mAh

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 5

Chapter 2 Technical Data

2.1.3 Binary input

Rated Voltage 110VDC 125VDC 220VDC 250VDC

Pickup voltage 77VDC 87.5VDC 154VDC 175VDC
Dropout voltage 60.5VDC 68.8VDC 121VDC 137.5VDC
Maximum permitted
150V 150V 300V 300V
voltage
Withstand 2kVac
Resolving time for
<1ms
logic input

2.1.4 Binary output

Contact type Tripping contact Other contact

Output mode Potential free contact
Max system voltage 250Vac/dc 250Vac/dc
Test voltage across
1000VAC RMS for 1min
open contact
Continuous carry 5A 8A
Short duration
50A for 200ms
current
Pickup time
5ms/10ms 10ms/15ms
(Typ/Max)
Dropout time
4ms/10ms 8ms/10ms
(Typ/Max)
Bounce time 1ms 1ms
Breaking capacity at 0.2A resistance 0.4A resistance
250Vdc 0.05A inductive(L/R=40ms) 0.2A inductive(L/R=40ms)
Durability
Loaded contact 100,000 operations minimum 100,000 operations minimum
Unloaded contact 10,000,000 operations minimum 10,000,000 operations minimum

2.1.5 Power supply output for opto-coupler

Rated Voltage 24V

Rated Current 200mA
Max current 500mA

2.2 Mechanical Specifications

Enclosure
dimensions 12U: 482.6×532.6×285 (unit: mm)
(W×H×D)
Mounting Way Flush mounted
Trepanning
450×534, M6 screw
dimensions (W×H)

6 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 2 Technical Data

Housing color Silver grey

Weight per device Approx. 38kg
Display language English
Housing material Aluminum
Location of terminal Rear panel of the device
Protection class: Per IEC60529:2001
Front side IP40, up to IP51 (Flush mounted)
Other sides IP30
Rear side,
IP20
connection terminals

2.3 Ambient Temperature and Humidity Range

Standard IEC60255-6:1988
Operating
-25°C to +55°C
temperature
Transport and
storage temperature -40°C to +70°C
range
Permissible humidity 5%-95%, condensation not permissible

2.4 Communication port

Interface for communicating with RTU/SCADA
Port number 2
Baud rate 4800~38400bps
Transmission distance <1000m@4800bps
Electrical Maximal capacity 32
Twisted pair Screened twisted pair cable
Protocol IEC 60870-5-103: 1997/Modbus
Safety level Isolation to ELV level
Port number 2
RS-485
Connector type ST
(EIA)
Baud rate 4800~38400bps
Transmission standard 100Base-FX
Optical Transmission distance <1500m
(Optional) Optical fibre type Multi-mode fiber
Wave length 850/820nm
Fiber size 62.5/125μm (core DIA/cladding DIA)
Protocol IEC 60870-5-103: 1997
Safety level Isolation to ELV level
Interface for local HMI with personal computer via RCSPC software
Port number 1
RS-232 (EIA)
Application Local HMI communication

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 7

Chapter 2 Technical Data

Download protection program

Baud rate 9600bps
Connector type 9 pin D-type female connector
Safety level Isolation to ELV level
Interface for communicating with printer
Prot number 1
Baud Rate 4800bps ~38400bps
RS-232 (EIA)
Printer type EPSON® 300K printer
Safety level Isolation to ELV level
Interface for clock synchronization
Port number 1
Transmission distance <500m
RS-485 (EIA) Maximal capacity 32
Timing standard PPS, IRIG-B
Safety level Isolation to ELV level

2.5 Type Tests

2.5.1 Environmental tests

Per IEC60068-2-1:2007
Dry cold test
Test Bd for 16 h at -25°C
Per IEC60068-2-2: 2007
Dry heat test
Test Ad for 16 h at +55°C
Per IEC60068-2-30: 2005
Damp heat test,
Test Db Two (12+12) hour cycles 95%RH, low temperature +25°C,
cyclic
high temperature +55°C

2.5.2 Mechanical tests

Vibration Class I IEC 60255-21-1:1988

Shock and bump Class I IEC 60255-21-2:1988

2.5.3 Electrical tests

Per IEC 60255-5:2000

Dielectric tests
Test voltage 2kV, 50Hz, 1min
Per IEC60255-5:2000
Impulse voltage tests Test voltage 5kV, unipolar impulses waveform 1.2/50μs,source
energy 0.5J
Insulation resistance Per IEC 60255-5:2000
measurements Isolation resistance >100MΩ, 500Vdc

2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility

1MHz burst Per IEC 60255-22-1:2007 (idt IEC61000-4-12)

disturbance test Common mode: class III 2.5KV

8 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 2 Technical Data

Differential mode: class III 1.0KV

Electrostatic Per IEC60255-22-2:2008 (idt IEC61000-4-2:2006) class IV
discharge test For contact discharge: 8kV
For air discharge: 15kV
Radio frequency Per IEC 60255-22-3:2007: (idt IEC61000-4-3:1995) class III
interference tests
Frequency sweep

Radiated amplitude-modulated

10V/m (rms), f=80…1000MHz

Spot frequency

Radiated amplitude-modulated

10V/m (rms), f=80MHz/160MHz/450MHz/900MHz

Radiated pulse-modulated

10V/m (rms), f=900MHz

Fast transient Per IEC 60255-22-4:2008 (idt IEC61000-4-4:2004)
disturbance tests Power supply, I/O, Earth: Class IV, 4kV, 2.5 kHz, 5/50ns
Communication terminals: Class IV, 2kV, 5 kHz, 5/50ns
Surge immunity test Per IEC 60255-22-5:2002 (idt IEC 61000-4-5:1995), 1.2/50us class
III
Power supply, AC input, I/O port: 2kV, line to earth; 1kV line to line
Conducted RF Per IEC 60255-22-6:2001
Electromagnetic PWR, AI, I/O, Comm. Terminal: Class III, 10Vrms, 150 kHz~80MHz
Disturbance
Power Frequency Per IEC 61000-4-8:2001
Magnetic Field Class 5: 100A/m for 1min, 1000A/m for 3s
Immunity
Pulse Magnetic Field Per IEC 61000-4-9:2001
Immunity Class 5: 6.4/16μs, 1000A/m for 3s
Damped oscillatory IEC 61000-4-10:2001
magnetic field Class 5: 100kHz & 1MHz–100A/m
immunity

2.6 Certifications
z ISO9001: 2000

z ISO14001:2004

z OHSAS18001: 1999

z ISO10012:2003

z CMMI L3

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 9

Chapter 2 Technical Data

z EMC: 89/336/EEC, EN50263:2000

z Products safety(PS): 73/23/EEC, EN61010-1: 2001, EN60950: 2002

2.7 Protective Function

2.7.1 Busbar differential protection
Current setting range： 0.1In~10In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

Percentage restraint coefficient： 0.5~0.8

Undervoltage setting range： 2~100V

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.01Un whichever is greater

Zero-sequence voltage setting range： 2~57.7V

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.01Un whichever is greater

Negative sequence voltage setting range： 2~57.7V

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.01Un whichever is greater

Operating time： <20ms

2.7.2 Bus coupler/section overcurrent protection

Phase current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

Zero-sequence current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

Time delay： 0.01~10s

Accuracy： 1%Setting＋40ms

2.7.3 Bus coupler/section SOTF protection

Current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

2.7.4 Bus coupler/section breaker failure protection

Current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

Time delay： 0.01~10s

Accuracy： 1%Setting＋40ms

10 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 2 Technical Data

2.7.5 Bus coupler/section pole discrepancy protection

Zero-sequence current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤5% or 0.04In whichever is greater

Negative sequence current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

Time delay： 0.01~10s

Accuracy： 1%Setting＋40ms

2.7.6 Bus coupler dead zone protection

Time delay： 0.01~10s

Accuracy： 1%Setting＋40ms

2.7.7 Breaker failure protection

Phase current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

Zero-sequence current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

Negative sequence current setting range： 0.04In~95In

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater

Undervoltage setting range： 2~100V

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.01Un whichever is greater

Zero-sequence voltage setting range： 2~57.7V

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.01Un whichever is greater

Negative sequence voltage setting range： 2~57.7V

Accuracy： ≤2.5% or 0.01Un whichever is greater

Time delay (Retrip)： 0.01~10s

Time delay (Trip bus coupler/section)： 0.01~10s

Time delay (Trip feeder)： 0.01~10s

Accuracy： 1%Setting＋40ms

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 11

Chapter 2 Technical Data

12 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

Chapter 3 Protection Description

3.1 Overview
RCS-915AS is composed of BBP (busbar differential protection), BC/BS (bus coupler/section)
protection, BFP (breaker failure protection) and VT/CT circuit supervision, etc. Every protection
element has its own fault detector element in CPU and MON modules. Depending on the dual
processor hardware design, when the fault detector element in MON module picks up, the DC
power supply is provided to output relay. When both fault detector elements operate, the protective
device will have the capability to send tripping signal. The following figures shows different busbar
arrangement and application mode.

Panel A

RCS-915AS

Panel B

RCS-915AS

…… ……
*

* * BS1 * *

BusbarⅠ BusbarⅢ
* *

BC1 BC2

Busbar Ⅱ BusbarⅣ

BS2
*

Figure 3.1-1 Double busbar with double BS arrangement

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 13

Chapter 3 Protection Description

3.2 Busbar Differential Protection

* BS1 *
BusbarⅠ BusbarⅢ
*

BC1 BC2
BS2
*
BusbarⅡ BusbarⅣ

RCS-915AS-A RCS-915AS-B

Figure 3.2-1 The deployment diagram of BBP

The protection of double busbars with double BS is realized by two RCS-915AS. The protective
range of per RCS-915AS is shown in the above figure. If there are two BS CTs, they can be
cross-connected into two RCS-915AS, and there is no dead zone problem of BS. If there is only
one BS CT, the dead zone protection of BS is replaced by BS breaker failure protection. For per
RCS-915AS, BS is treated as an outgoing feeder, what is regularly connected to feeder 19 and
feeder 20 of RCS-915AS.

In order to be easy to explain the protection function and scheme, we defined that the first BB
(busbar) is divided into BB No.1 (busbar No.1) and BB No.3 (busbar No.3), the second busbar is
devided into BB No.2 (busbar No.2) and BB No.4 (busbar No.4). In the case of project application,
the number of each busbar can be set based on on-site case. The polarity marking of feeder CT
should be on the busbar side, the polarity of BC CT should be on the BB No.1and BB No.3 side,
and the polarity of BS CT should be on the BB No.1and BB No.2 side. So when the two BS CTs
are connected into RCS-915AS-B, the polarity of them should be reversed, and what is just
contrary to RCS-915AS-A.

14 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

RCS-915AS- RCS-915AS-
A B

Discriminativ Check Discriminative Discriminativ Check Discriminative

e zone No.1 zone zone No.2 e zone No.1 zone zone No.2

…… ……

* * BS1 * *

Busbar Busbar
* *

BC1 BC2

Busbar Busbar

BS2

Figure 3.2-2 The sketch diagram of primary system

Note!

The protective device only identifies the physical position of busbar. Ignoring the number of
busbar, if the number of busbar in the system settings is not the same with that of the
sketch diagram, the physical position of busbar is taken as reference.

The busbar differential protection of RCS-915AS is composed of phase-segregated percentage

differential element. The differential circuit comprises of check zone differential circuit and
discriminative zone differential circuits of each busbar zone. The check zone differential current is
composed of all feeder currents (BS current is included in it) except BC current, which is used to
distinguish between internal fault and external fault. The discriminative zone differential current is
composed of all feeders connected to the busbar zone including BC/BS current, which is used to
select the faulty busbar.

For RCS-915AS-A, discriminative zone No.1 is defined as discriminative differential circuit of BB

No.1, and discriminative zone No.2 is defined as discriminative differential circuit of BB No.2. For
RCS-915AS-B, discriminative zone No.1 is defined as discriminative differential circuit of BB No.3,
and discriminative zone No.2 is defined as discriminative differential circuit of BB No.4.

3.2.1 Fault detector element

RCS-915AS provides two independent fault detector elements, DPFC voltage element and
differential current element. Either DPFC voltage element or differential current element operates

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 15

Chapter 3 Protection Description

will result in that DC power supply is provided to the output relay to wait for the protective device
sending tripping signal. The pickup signal will last 500ms after the differential current fault detector
element drops off.

1. DPFC voltage element

For any of BB No.1 and BB No.2, there is the criterion:

Δu>ΔUFloat+Δ0.05UN (Equation 3.2-1)

Where:

Δu: Instantaneous value of phase-to-phase DPFC voltage

ΔUT: Float threshold value, adjusting automatically with the variation of output gradually

0.05UN: Fixed threshold value

2. Differential current element

When the differential current of any phase is greater than the pickup value, this element will
operates. The criterion is:

ID>[I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP] (Equation 3.2-2)

Where:

ID: Phase current of check zone

[I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP]: Pickup current setting of busbar differential protection

3.2.2 Percentage differential element

The percentage differential element comprises steady-state percentage differential element and
DPFC percentage differential element.

„ Steady-state percentage differential element

The criterion is:

⎧m
⎪∑ I j > [I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP]
⎪ j=1
⎨ m m
(Equation 3.2-3)
⎪
⎪⎩
∑j=1
I j > K∑ I j
j=1

Where:

K: Percentage restraint coefficient of steady-state differential element

Ij: The current of the j-th feeder (Feeder j) connected

The operation characteristic is shown as Figure 3.2-3.

16 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

ID
ID Differential current
IR Restraint current

ID=IR

Operation region

ID=kIR

[I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP]

IR

Figure 3.2-3 Operation characteristic curve of steady-state percentage differential element

Look at Figure 3.2-2, for RCS-915AS-A, if BC1 is open, BS1, BS2 and BC2 are closed, there is
just a fault on BB1, a big current maybe flow through BS2, and what will effect the sensitivity of the
check zone percentage differential element of RCS-915AS-A. So once the BC is open, the
percentage restraint coefficient of the check zone percentage differential element is set as 0.3.
When the BC and BS are closed, the percentage restraint coefficient of the check zone
percentage differential element will be set as 0.5. If the BC and BS are closed, the discriminative
zone percentage differential element of the fault bus will flow through current, now if the check
zone percentage differential element operates, it will trip the BC (it will trip the BS when it was
operating in single busbar mode), so the high percentage restraint coefficient [Slope_H_Pcnt_BBP]
is always used by discriminative zone percentage differential element.

When any of the following conditions is met, both busbar zones are thought as be in service in
parallel.

1. BC breaker is closed.

2. Both busbar disconnectors of any feeder are closed simultaneously.

3. Single busbar mode is set through the logic setting i.e. [En_IntLink_Mode] and binary input
[EBI_IntLink_Mode].

So once the both busbar zones are thought as be in service in parallel, the percentage restraint
coefficient of the check zone percentage differential element is set as 0.5 (high value of
coefficient). If the both busbar zones are not thought as be in service in parallel, the percentage
restraint coefficient of the check zone percentage differential element is set as 0.3 (low value of
coefficient).

When the check zone differential current is smaller than the setting i.e. [I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP], check
zone percentage differential element will drop out.

[I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP]: Dropout current setting of busbar differential protection

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 17

Chapter 3 Protection Description

„ DPFC percentage differential element

In order to increase the performance of busbar differential protection against fault resistance and
decrease the influence to system power-angle before fault occurring, DPFC percentage
differential element is also used for busbar differential protection. Fast differential protection is
formed by this element and the steady-state percentage differential element with fixed restraint
coefficient 0.2.

The criterion is:

⎧ m
∑
⎪ Δ I j > ΔIDFloat + IDPickup
⎪ j=1
⎨ (Equation 3.2-4)
m m
⎪
⎪ ∑ I j > ∑
K /
ΔI j
⎩ j =1 j =1

Where:

K'：DPFC percentage restraint coefficient

ΔIj: DPFC current of the j-th feeder (Feeder j) connected

ΔIDFloat: Float threshold value of check zone differential current

IDPickup: Fixed threshold value of check zone differential current, which derives from the setting i.e.
[I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP]

For DPFC percentage differential element, the coefficient of the check zone percentage differential
element has low value and high value. The high value takes 0.5 fixedly, the low value takes 0.3
fixedly. The switching principle between high value of coefficient and low value of coefficient is as
same as steady-state percentage differential element. The coefficient of the discriminative zone
percentage differential element takes 0.65 fixedly.

3.2.3 Faulty busbar zone discrimination

In the case of double busbar arrangement, based on the disconnector position of feeder,
calculating the discriminative zone differential current is used to discriminate faulty busbar.

When check zone differential circuit with CT saturation detector 2 operates and any discriminative
zone differential circuit operates, busbar differential protection operates to trip BC/BS circuit
connected to this busbar zone. After that, when discriminative zone differential circuit operates
and not blocked by harmonic wave, busbar differential protection operates to trip all feeder circuit
breaker which are connected with faulty busbar.

Under the following conditions, both busbars are identified as single busbar operation mode
automatically. When a fault occurs in any busbar, both busbars are tripped at the same time and
the protective device does not discriminate faulty busbar zone.

1. Single busbar mode is set through the logic setting i.e. [En_IntLink_Mode] and the binary
input of [EBI_IntLink_Mode].

2. When one feeder is being switched from one busbar zone to the other busbar zone, both

18 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

busbar disconnectors of the feeder are closed simultaneously.

3.2.4 Backup busbar differential element

If check zone percentage differential element with CT saturation detector 2 operates, but none of
discriminative zone percentage differential elements operates, all busbar zones will be tripped with
a time delay of 250ms, which is regarded as a backup of busbar differential protection. Backup
busbar differential element will quit when both busbars are identified as single busbar operation
mode automatically.

3.2.5 Detection of CT saturation

In order to prevent unwanted tripping due to serious CT saturation during external fault close to
the busbar, two methods used to detect CT saturation are provided. They can discriminate
whether the differential current is caused by CT saturation during external fault. If it is, busbar
differential protection will be blocked, otherwise it will be enabled.

„ CT saturation detector 1

A fully-fledged adaptive weighted anti-saturation algorithm is used for this element whose
weighted algorithm will be activated automatically during operation of the DPFC voltage element.
When busbar internal fault occurs, DPFC percentage differential element, DPFC impedance
element and DPFC voltage element will operate almost simultaneously. However, when busbar
external fault occurs, if CT does not saturate at the beginning of the fault, DPFC percentage
differential element and DPFC impedance element will operate later than DPFC voltage element.
Adaptive weighted criterion for CT anti-saturation is thus derived from the differences of operating
time among these elements.

This criterion utilizes the difference of differential current between internal and external fault with
CT saturation, so a powerful performance of anti-saturation is available for this kind of
anti-saturation algorithm. When VT circuit failure is detected, DPFC voltage element is substituted
for DPFC restraint current element automatically, and through adjusting weighted value
adequately, the performance of CT saturation detector 1 is not influenced.

„ CT saturation detector 2

Harmonic restraint element is used as this detector. CT saturation can be discriminated by

waveform of differential current harmonics during external fault. Anti-saturation capability of this
detector is also very high. Moreover, the relay can operate to trip the faulty busbar quickly even if
in the extreme case of evolving internal fault on the same phase after CT saturation during
external fault.

Besides, when operation time of percentage differential element exceeds 500ms, CT

anti-saturation detector 2 will be quitted and only percentage differential element is enabled.
Corresponding busbar will be tripped if the percentage differential element still operates. It can
prevent possible miss trip because of unwanted blocking for busbar differential protection under
complicated fault conditions. It is favorable to ensure system stability and avoid enlarging fault
because CT transient saturation can not persist for more than 500ms when an external fault
occurs.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 19

Chapter 3 Protection Description

Figure 3.2-4 Waveform of CT saturation during external three phase fault

Figure 3.2-4 shows current waveforms recorded in dynamic simulation laboratory with heavy CT
saturation under external three phase fault. There is no false tripping in this extreme case.

Figure 3.2-5 Internal fault oscillogram accompanied by CT saturation

Figure 3.2-5 shows oscillograms recorded in dynamic simulation lab under internal fault
accompanied with heavy CT saturation. In this case the differential protection operates within 10
ms including 5 ms operating time of output relay.

3.2.6 Voltage control element (VCE)

Voltage control element is used as an auxiliary condition.

The criteria are:

UP≤[V_UV_VCE_BBP] (Equation 3.2-5)

3U0≥[V_ROV_VCE_BBP] (Equation 3.2-6)

U2≥[V_NegOV_VCE_BBP] (Equation 3.2-7)

20 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

Where:

UP: Phase voltage

3U0: Zero-sequence voltage (From calculated internally)

U2: Negative sequence voltage

[V_UV_VCE_BBP]: Phase voltage setting for blocking BBP

[V_ROV_VCE_BBP]: Zero-sequence voltage setting for blocking BBP

[V_NegOV_VCE_BBP]: Negative sequence voltage setting for blocking BBP

Busbar differential protection is always blocked by voltage control element. Busbar differential
protection can not operate to trip faulty busbar zone unless the voltage of corresponding busbar
zone met any of above criterions.

When the protective device is applied to an unearthed system, the logic setting i.e.
[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] is set as “1”, the criteria of voltage control element will be changed.

UPP ≤[V_UV_VCE_BBP] (Equation 3.2-8)

U2≥[V_NegOV_VCE_BBP] (Equation 3.2-9)

Where:

UPP: Phase-to-phase voltage

U2: Negative sequence voltage

[V_UV_VCE_BBP]: Phase-to-phase voltage setting for blocking BBP

[V_NegOV_VCE_BBP]: Negative voltage setting for blocking BBP

3.2.7 Logic scheme

Figure 3.2-6 only takes BB No.1 as an example, the logic scheme of BB No.2 is as same as it.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 21

Chapter 3 Protection Description

Figure 3.2-6 Logic scheme of busbar differential protection

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3 about the description of corresponding conditions.

Where:

DPFC DIF: DPFC percentage differential element for check zone

DPFC DIF1: DPFC percentage differential element for bus zone No.1

SP DIF: Steady-state percentage differential element for check zone

SP DIF1: Steady-state percentage differential element for bus zone No.1

SP DIF2: Steady-state percentage differential element for bus zone No.2

HM REL: Harmonic release element for check zone

22 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

HM REL1: Harmonic release element for bus zone No.1

VCE 1: Voltage control element of BB No.1

VCE 2: Voltage control element of BB No.2

Once busbar phase voltage is greater than 0.3UN, the busbar is regarded as be in service.

3.3 Bus Coupler Protection/Bus Section Protection

RCS-915AS provides complete BC/BS protection, including SOTF protection, overcurrent
protection, breaker failure protection, dead zone protection and pole discrepancy protection.

3.3.1 Switch onto fault (SOTF) protection of bus coupler or bus section
After any busbar has been maintained and before being put into operation, it is needed to close
bus coupler or bus section and make the energizing test firstly. During the energizing process, if
any fault occurs in the energized busbar, SOTF protection will operate to trip bus coupler or bus
section to clear the fault.

SOTF protection will be enabled for 300ms if any of the following conditions is met.

1. The status of the binary input [BI_52b_BC] changes from “1” to “0”.

2. The binary input [BI_52b_BC] is energized and BC current changes from being smaller than
0.04IN to being greater than 0.04IN.

3. The binary input [BI_52b_BC] is energized and BB No.1 and BB No.2 are in service (BS
SOTF protection will not be enabled with this condition).

The logic scheme of SOTF protection of BC is shown as Figure 3.3-1 and the logic scheme of
SOTF protection of BS is shown as Figure 3.3-2 (just provide the logic scheme of SOTF protection
of BS1, the logic scheme of SOTF protection of BS2 is similar to it).

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 23

Chapter 3 Protection Description

Figure 3.3-1 Logic scheme of SOTF protection of BC

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.4 about about the description of corresponding
conditions.

Where:

UBB1: Phase voltage of BB No.1

UBB2: Phase voltage of BB No.2

IBC_A: Phase A current of BC

IBC_B: Phase B current of BC

IBC_C: Phase C current of BC

24 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

Figure 3.3-2 Logic scheme of SOTF protection of BS1

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.4 about the description of corresponding conditions.

Where:

IBS1_A: Phase A current of BS1

IBS1_B: Phase B current of BS1

IBS1_C: Phase C current of BS1

3.3.2 Overcurrent protection (OC) of bus coupler or bus section

When BC/BS breaker is temporary substitute for a feeder circuit, Overcurrent protection of BC/BS
can be enabled for this situation. The initiating element of BC/BS OC protection is dedicated to
BC/BS OC protection.

The logic scheme of overcurrent protection of BC is shown as Figure 3.3-3 and the logic scheme
of overcurrent protection of BS is shown as Figure 3.3-4 (just provide the logic scheme of
overcurrent protection of BS1, the logic scheme of overcurrent protection of BS2 is similar to it)

Figure 3.3-3 Logic scheme of overcurrent protection of BC

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 25

Chapter 3 Protection Description

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.4 about the description of corresponding conditions.

Where:

3IBC_0: Zero-sequence current of BC

Figure 3.3-4 Logic scheme of overcurrent protection of BS1

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.4 about the description of corresponding conditions.

Where:

3IBS1_0: Zero-sequence current of BS1

3.3.3 Pole discrepancy protection of bus coupler or bus section

Pole discrepancy (PD) protection is designed for the case that pole discrepancy of BC/BS breaker
is detected due to one phase of BC/BS breaker is open.

Pole discrepancy protection is initiated by series-parallel connected auxiliary contacts of BC/BS

breaker, which are the binary input [BI_PD_BC], [BI_PD_BS1] or [BI_PD_BS2].

In addition of series-parallel connected auxiliary contacts of BC/BS breaker, zero-sequence and

negative sequence current are used as auxiliary criteria.

The logic scheme of pole discrepancy protection of BC is shown as Figure 3.3-5 and the logic
scheme of pole discrepancy protection of BS is shown as Figure 3.3-6 (just provide the logic
scheme of pole discrepancy protection of BS1, the logic scheme of pole discrepancy protection of
BS2 is similar to it).

26 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

[BI_PD_BC]

3IBC_0>[I_ROC_PD_BC] &
[t_PD_BC]
≥1 & Trip BC
IBC_2>[I_NegOC_PD_BC]

[EBI_PD_BC]
&
[En_PD_BC]

52b_A 52a_A
[BI_PD_BC]
52b_B 52a_B

52b_C 52a_C

Figure 3.3-5 The logic scheme of pole discrepancy protection of BC

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.4 about the description of corresponding conditions.

[BI_PD_BS1]

3IBS1_0>[I_ROC_PD_BC] &
[t_PD_BC]
≥1 & Trip BS1
IBS1_2>[I_NegOC_PD_BC]

[EBI_PD_BS1]
&
[En_PD_BS1]

52b_A 52a_A
[BI_PD_BS1]
52b_B 52a_B

52b_C 52a_C

Figure 3.3-6 The logic scheme of pole discrepancy protection of BS1

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.4 about the description of corresponding conditions.

3.3.4 Breaker failure protection (BFP) of BC

This protection is dedicated to be designed for BC breaker. When tripping signal has been issued
to BC breaker but BC current is still greater than the setting i.e. [I_BFP_BC] with a specific time
delay, BFP will operate to trip BS with the time delay [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC] and operate to trip all
feeders connected to both busbars with the time delay [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC]. Breaker failure
protection is blocked by voltage control element (Please refer to section 3.2.6).

There are several options to initiate BFP. Generally these depend on the substation construction
and wiring:

1. BBP

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 27

Chapter 3 Protection Description

2. SOTF protection

3. Overcurrent protection when the logic setting i.e. [En_OC_Init_BFP_BC] is set as “1”

4. Binary input [BI_BFI_BC] when the logic setting i.e. [En_BI_Init_BFP_BC] is set as “1”. If the
Binary input [BI_BFI_BC] is energized for more than 10S, the device will issue the alarm
signal [Alm_BI_BFI_BC] and quit the function of initiate BFP.

The logic scheme of BFP is shown as Figure 3.3-7.

VCE 1

IBC_A>[I_BFP_BC]
[t_TrpBB_BFP_BC] Trip BB No.1
IBC_B>[I_BFP_BC] ≥1 &

IBC_C>[I_BFP_BC] [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC] Trip BS1

&
BBP Trip BB No.1
≥1
BBP Trip BB No.2 [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC] Trip BB No.2
&

≥1 [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC] Trip BS2

[En_OC_Init_BFP_BC]
&
[Op_OC_BC]

[En_BI_Init_BFP_BC]
&
[BI_BFI_BC]

[Op_SOTF_BC]

VCE 2

Figure 3.3-7 The logic scheme of BFP of BC

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3 about the description of corresponding conditions.

3.3.5 Dead zone protection of BC

If a fault occurs between BC breaker and BC CT, the fault can not be cleared after busbar on the
breaker side is tripped. In order to clear the fault quickly, a dedicated dead zone protection is
provided.

28 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

The logic scheme of dead zone protection is shown as Figure 3.3-8.

Figure 3.3-8 The logic scheme of dead zone protection

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.4 about the description of corresponding conditions.

The dead zone protection will operate follow different principle in the next two situations.

1. BC breaker is closed (Binary input [BI_52b_BC] is de-energized).

If tripping signal has been issued for fault on one busbar, BC breaker has been tripped but BC
current is still detected, and the check zone and discriminative zone percentage differential
elements still operate, the dead zone protection will trip another busbar with a time delay
[t_EFP_BC].

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 29

Chapter 3 Protection Description

2. BC breaker is open (Binary input [BI_52b_BC] is energized).

In order to prevent both busbars from being tripped during dead zone fault if both busbars are in
service and BC breaker is open, BC current is excluded from discriminative zone percentage
differential circuit at this time. Therefore, only the busbar connected to the dead zone will be
tipped.

3.3.6 BS Breaker failure protection and BS Breaker failure initiation (BFI)

For RCS-915AS-A, under the following conditions, the contact of BS breaker failure initiation
(5B17-5B18, 5B19-5B20, 5B21-5B22, 5B23-5B24) will operate and what can energized the binary
input of [BI_BFI_BS1] or [BI_BFI_BS2] of RCS-915AS-B.

1. DPFC percentage differential protection operates to trip BB No.1 and BS current of any
phases is greater than 0.04IN.

2. Steady-state percentage differential protection operates to trip BB No.1 and BS current of any
phases is greater than 0.04IN.

3. Steady-state percentage differential protection operates to trip BS1 and BS current of any
phases is greater than 0.04IN.

IBS1_A>0.04IN

IBS1_B>0.04IN ≥1

IBS1_C>0.04IN

& [Pkp_BFI_BS1]

[Op_TrpBS1_Pcnt_BBP]

[Op_TrpBB1_Pcnt_BBP] ≥1

[Op_TrpBB1_DPFC_BBP]

Figure 3.3-9 The logic scheme of BFI of BS

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.2 about the description of corresponding tripping report.

Where:

[Pkp_BFI_BS1]: the contact of BS1 breaker failure initiation will operate

IBS1_A: Phase A current of BS1

IBS1_B: Phase B current of BS1

IBS1_C: Phase C current of BS1

Just provide the logic scheme of BFI of BS1, the logic scheme of BFI of BS2 is similar to it.

When the contact of BFI operates, the current flows through the corresponding BS is still greater
than the setting i.e. [I_BFP_BC] with a specific time delay, BFP of BS will operate to trip BC
breaker with the time delay [t_TrpBC_BFP] and trip all feeders connected to the corresponding
busbar with the time delay [t_TrpBB_BFP]. Breaker failure protection of BS is blocked by voltage

30 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

control element (Please refer to section 3.2.6).

The logic scheme of BFP of BS1 is shown as Figure 3.3-7. The logic scheme of BFP of BS2 is
similar to it.

Figure 3.3-10 The logic scheme of BFP of BS

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3 about the description of corresponding conditions.

3.3.7 BC breaker substitution

When the setting i.e. [Opt_BC_&_BT_Mode] is set as “1”, BC breaker can be used as a dedicated
tie breaker connecting transfer busbar and BB No.1 or BB No.2. If the binary input
[EBI_BC_As_BT_Mode] is energized, BC breaker can be used temporarily to substitute one of
feeder breakers.

Note!

[EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT] should be energized prior to [EBI_BC_As_BT_Mode].

The specific busbar arrangement determines whether the binary input [EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT]
should be energized.

1. Energizing the binary input [EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT]

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 31

Chapter 3 Protection Description

Transfer Busbar

……
* * * *

* BB No.1

BC

BB No.2

Figure 3.3-11 BC breaker substitution through BB No.2

The polarity of BC CT is on the side of feeder, the binary input [EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT] should be
energized. Please refer to Figure 3.3-11. Negative BC current will be calculated in the check zone
differential current and discriminative zone differential current.

2. De-energizing the binary input [EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT]

Transfer Busbar

……

* * * *

BB No.2
*
BC

BB No.1

Figure 3.3-12 BC breaker substitution through BB No.1

The polarity of BC CT is on the side of busbar, the binary input [EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT] should not
be energized. Please refer to Figure 3.3-12. Positve BC/BS current will be calculated in the check
zone differential current and discriminative zone differential current.

When BC breaker is used to substitute any of feeder breakers, the BC current will be deal with as
same as the feeder current. If the binary input [BI_DSBB1_BT] is energized, BC current will be
calculated in the discriminative zone differential current of BB No.1. If the binary input
[BI_DSBB2_BT] is energized, BC current will be calculated in the discriminative differential current

32 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

of BB No.2.

When BC breaker is used to substitute any of feeder breakers, SOTF protection, dead zone
protection and BFP of BC will be canceled automatically, but overcurrent protection and pole
discrepancy protection of BC are still reserved, which can be used as the protection function of the
feeder substituted. In addition, some functions when BC breaker as a tie breaker connecting both
busbars are also canceled.

3.4 Breaker Failure Protection (BFP)

Breaker failure protection is applied to each feeder connected to busbar excepting BC/BS. In
general, BFP determines that a breaker is failure to trip so can not clear a fault within a specific
time, further tripping action must be performed. BFP will operate to re-trip the target breaker with
the time delay [t_ReTrp_BFP]. After then if the fault is still existed, trip BC/BS breaker with the time
delay [t_TrpBC_BFP] and trip all feeder breakers with the time delay [t_TrpBB_BFP]. At the same
time, it can initiate transfer tripping to trip the remote breaker.

3.4.1 Initiation contact

For each feeder, BFP can be initiated by 3 phase-segregated tripping contacts or three-phase
tripping contacts provided by the protective device of the corresponding feeder.

Figure 3.4-1 Three-phase binary inputs for initiating BFP

1. Phase-segregated tripping contact

[BI_A_BFI_Fdrx]: The binary input for initiating BFP of phase A

[BI_B_BFI_Fdrx]: The binary input for initiating BFP of phase B

[BI_C_BFI_Fdrx]: The binary input for initiating BFP of phase C

x=2~5, 7~10, 12~15, 17~18. In the case of BC/BS breaker substitution, these binary inputs are
[BI_A_BFI_BT], [BI_B_BFI_BT] and [BI_C_BFI_BT]. It is noteworthy that they have not dedicated

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 33

Chapter 3 Protection Description

opto-coupler used by three-phase tripping contact, which is realized through paralleling 3

phase-segregated tripping contacts. The relation can be refered from Figure 3.4-1.

2. Three-phase tripping contact

[BI_BFI_Fdrx]: The binary input for initiating BFP of three phases

x=1, 6, 11, 16.

3.4.2 Current criterion

1. Current criterion 1

Phase current is greater than the setting i.e. [I_OC_BFP_Fdrx]

2. Current criterion 2

Zero-sequence current is greater than the setting i.e. [I_ROC_BFP_Fdrx]

3. Current criterion 3

Negative sequence current is greater than the setting i.e. [I_NegOC_BFP_Fdrx]

Current criterion 2 and current criterion 3 are optional. They can be determined by the logic setting
i.e. [En_ROC_BFP_Fdrx] and [En_NegOC_BFP_Fdrx] respectively.

3.4.3 Voltage control element (VCE)

Voltage control element is used as an auxiliary condition.

The criteria are:

UP≤[V_UV_VCE_BFP] (Equation 3.4-1)

3U0≥[V_ROV_VCE_BFP] (Equation 3.4-2)

U2≥[V_NegOV_VCE_BFP] (Equation 3.4-3)

Where:

UP: Phase voltage

3U0: Zero-sequence voltage

U2: Negative sequence voltage

[V_UV_VCE_BFP]: Phase voltage setting for blocking BFP

[V_ROV_VCE_BFP]: Zero-sequence voltage setting for blocking BFP

[V_NegOV_VCE_BFP]: Negative sequence voltage setting for blocking BFP

Voltage control element of BFP is optional, which is determined by the logic setting i.e.
[Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdrx]. When it is disabled, BFP can not operate to trip faulty busbar zone
unless the voltage of corresponding busbar zone met any of the above criterions.

When the protective device is applied to an unearthed system, the logic setting i.e.

34 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] is set as “1”, the criteria of voltage control element will change.

U1 ≤[V_UV_VCE_BFP] (Equation 3.4-4)

U2≥[V_NegOV_VCE_BFP] (Equation 3.4-5)

Where:

U1: Phase-to-phase voltage

U2: Negative sequence voltage

[V_UV_VCE_BFP]: Phase-to-phase voltage setting for blocking BFP

[V_NegOV_VCE_BFP]: Negative sequence voltage setting for blocking BFP

3.4.4 Logic scheme

The logic scheme of BFP is shown as Figure 3.4-2.

Figure 3.4-2 The logic scheme of BFP

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 35

Chapter 3 Protection Description

Please refer to Chapter 7 and section 8.3.4 about the description of corresponding conditions.

3IFdrx_0: The zero-sequence current of the feederx

IFdrx_2: The negative sequence current of the feederx

IFdrx_A: The phase A current of the feederx

IFdrx_B: The phase B current of the feederx

IFdrx_C: The phase C current of the feederx

3.5 Dynamic Busbar Replica

BS is treated as an outgoing feeder, BS1 is connected to feeder 19 and it is regularly connected to
BB No.1, BS2 is connected to feeder 20 and it is regularly connected to BB No.2.

In the case of double busbars with bus coupler arrangement, RCS-915AS depends on the
auxiliary contact of disconnector to identify the topology. The binary inputs of [BI_DSBB1_Fdrx]
and [BI_DSBB2_Fdrx] determine the disconnector position of the corresponding feeder.
([BI_DSBB1_BT] and [BI_DSBB2_BT] for BC breaker substitution.

3.5.1 Identification of disconnector position

In a substation with double busbars layout, feeders may be switched from one busbar to the other
busbar during operation, and it is necessary to identify the real time topology of the busbar
correctly.

Disconnector positions are adopted for this identification and self-diagnosis is carried out
simultaneously. If there is current flowing in a feeder but the feeder has no disconnector position
for dual busbars, the protective device can remember the original disconnector position. The
abnormality of disconnector position is detected and the alarm signal about disconnector position
i.e. [Alm_DS] and [Alm_DS_Fdrx] will be issued with a specific time delay in any of the following
cases (x: from 01 to 15).

1. Disconnector position is changed. The operator should check it and confirm whether it is
correct. The alarm can be reset by press the button “ISOLATOR POSITION CONFIRM” to
energize the binary input of [BI_ConfirmDS].

2. Both disconnectors to double busbars of a feeder are closed. The alarm can not be reset by
press the button “ISOLATOR POSITION CONFIRM”.

3. There is current detected in a feeder but the feeder has no disconnector positions for dual
busbars. The alarm can not be reset by press the button “ISOLATOR POSITION CONFIRM”.
In this case, the protective device can remember the original disconnector position of the
feeder, and check its validity based on the current distribution of system.

4. If check zone differential current is smaller than [I_Alm_CTS] and discriminative zone
differential current is greater than [I_Alm_CTS] due to the wrong disconnector position, an
alarm will be issued with a time delay of 10s.

Besides, in order to prevent the feeder from missing-operation when the feeder has no

36 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

disconnector position. No matter which busbar zone does the fault occur in, this kind of feeder
whose CT correction coefficient is not zero and which has not disconnector position will be tripped.

Note!

Once the alarm signal about disconnector position is issued, the operator must check the
actual condition firstly and then press the button “ISOLATOR POSITION CONFIRM” to
energize the binary input of [BI_ConfirmDS] to reset the alarm if it is correct.

3.6 VT Circuit Supervision

1. If busbar negative sequence voltage (U2) is greater than 4V, the alarm signal i.e.
[Alm_VTS_BB1] or [Alm_VTS_BB2] will be issued with a time delay of 1.25s.

2. If the summation of amplitude of busbar three-phase voltage (|UA|+|UB|+|UC|) is smaller than

UN and there is current detected in the BC/BS (IP_BC/BS>0.04IN) or any feeder (IP_Fdr>0.04IN),
the alarm signal i.e. [Alm_VTS_BB1] or [Alm_VTS_BB2] will be issued with a time delay of
1.25s.

3. If the summation of amplitude of busbar three-phase voltage (|UA|+|UB|+|UC|) is smaller than

UN and any busbar phase voltage is greater than 0.3UN (UP_BB1/BB2>0.3UN), the alarm signal
i.e. [Alm_VTS_BB1] or [Alm_VTS_BB2] will be issued with a time delay of 1.25s.

4. When the logic setting i.e. [Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] is set as “1”, if busbar negative
sequence voltage (U2) is greater than 4V, or any phase-to-phase voltages is smaller than
0.7UNN, the alarm signal i.e. [Alm_VTS_BB1] or [Alm_VTS_BB2] will be issued with a time
delay of 1.25s.

When the logic setting i.e. [En_Unbal_SensCTS] is set as “1”, if zero-sequence current of any
feeder is greater than 0.1IN, VT circuit supervision will be disabled. When VCE of any busbar
operates, the alarm signal i.e. [Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB1] or [Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB2] will be issued with a
time delay of 3s. When three-phase voltage return to normal condition, the alarm signal will be
reset and the protective device will return to normal operation condition automatically with a time
delay of 10s.

(UNN: means phase-to-phase rated secondary value of VT)

3.7 CT Circuit Supervision

3.7.1 CT circuit failure
1. If check zone differential current is greater than the setting i.e. [I_Alm_CTS], the alarm signal
i.e. [Alm_CTS_AnyFdr] will be issued with a time delay of 5s and BBP will be blocked. The
alarm can be reset only by pressing reset button on the panel to energize binary input
[BI_ResetTarget] after the CT circuit returns to normal condition.

2. If check zone differential current is smaller than the setting i.e. [I_Alm_CTS] and both
discriminative zone currents are greater than [I_Alm_CTS], the alarm signal i.e.
[Alm_CTS_BC] will be issued with a time delay of 5s and BBP will not be blocked but single

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 37

Chapter 3 Protection Description

busbar mode will be enabled automatically. This detection will be ignored when BC/BS
breaker is used to substitute one feeder breaker temporarily. The alarm can be reset only by
pressing reset button on the panel to energize binary input [BI_ResetTarget] after the CT
circuit returns to normal condition.

When VCE of any busbar operates, CT circuit failure will not be detected.

3.7.2 CT circuit abnormality

1. In the case of any feeder, if the criterion: 3I0>0.25IΦmax+0.04IN is met, the alarm signal i.e.
[Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdrx] will be issued with a time delay of 5s. In the case of BC/BS, if
the criterion: 3I0>0.25IΦmax+0.04IN is met, an alarm [Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BC] will be issued
with a time delay of 5s. This detection can be enabled or disabled through the logic setting i.e.
[En_Unbal_SensCTS]. The alarm can be reset automatically when the CT circuit returns to
normal condition if the logic setting i.e. [En_AutoRecov_SensCTS] is set as “1”. Otherwise,
the alarm can be reset only by pressing reset button on the panel to energize binary input
[BI_ResetTarget] after the CT circuit returns to normal condition.

2. If check zone differential current is greater than the setting i.e. [I_Alm_SensCTS], the alarm
signal i.e. [Alm_SensCTS] will be issued with a time delay of 5s. The alarm can be reset
automatically when the CT circuit returns to normal condition if the logic setting i.e.
[En_AutoRecov_SensCTS] is set as “1”. Otherwise, The alarm can be reset only by pressing
reset button on the panel to energize binary input [BI_ResetTarget] after the CT circuit returns
to normal condition.

3. If check zone differential current is smaller than the setting i.e. [I_Alm_SensCTS] and both
discriminative zone currents are greater than [I_Alm_SensCTS], the alarm signal i.e.
[Alm_Diff_SensCTS_BC] will be issued with a time delay of 5s. The alarm can be reset
automatically when the CT circuit returns to normal condition if the logic setting i.e.
[En_AutoRecov_SensCTS] is set as “1”. Otherwise, The alarm can be reset only by pressing
reset button on the panel to energize binary input [BI_ResetTarget] after the CT circuit returns
to normal condition.

BBP will not be blocked when CT circuit is abnormal.

3.8 Busbar voltage Switchover

In the case of double busbars with bus coupler arrangment, usually, there are two groups of VTs
used to sample voltage of each busbar zone through respective VT. Busbar voltage switchover is
necessary if any group of VT is failure or maintained, and the other group of VT is taken as a
substitution.

In the case of local busbar voltage switchover, the logic setting i.e. [En_VT_BB1] and [En_VT_BB2]
must be set as “0”.

Busbar voltage switchover can be realized through using switch on the panel for local busbar
voltage switchover. The binary input [EBI_VT_BB1] and [EBI_VT_BB2] will be energized or
de-energized based on the different position of switch. The relation between them is shown as
follows.

38 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 3 Protection Description

Double Busbars Busbar 1 Busbar 2

[EBI_VT_BB1] 0 1 0
[EBI_VT_BB2] 0 0 1

1. Double Busbar

Dual busbar voltages come from VT1 and VT2 respectively.

2. Busbar 1

Dual busbar voltages come from VT1. i.e. UA2=UA1, UB2=UB1, UC2=UC1

3. Busbar 2

Dual busbar voltages come from VT2. i.e. UA1=UA2, UB1=UB2, UC1=UC2

(VT1: voltage transformer of BB No.1; VT2: voltage transformer of BB No.2)

In the case of remote busbar voltage switchover, switch should be put in the “Double Busbars”.

Busbar voltage switchover can be realized through modifying the logic setting i.e. [En_VT_BB1]
and [En_VT_BB2] remotely via communication.

When both busbars operate separately or BC/BS breaker is used to substitute one feeder breaker
temporarily, busbar voltage switchover is invalid. Each busbar voltage comes from respective VT.
When RCS-915AS is applied to single busbar arrangement, the logic setting i.e.
[Opt_SingleBB_Mode] is set as “1”, busbar voltage always comes from VT1.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 39

Chapter 3 Protection Description

40 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

4.1 Overview
Though the protection system is in quiescent state under normal conditions, it is waiting for a
power system fault to occur at any time and must operate for the fault without failure. When the
protective device is in energizing process before the LED “HEALTHY” being lightened, the
protective device needs to be checked to ensure there are no errors. Therefore, the automatic
supervision function, what checks the health of the protection system cyclically during normal
operation, plays an important role.

The numerical relay based on the microprocessor operations is suitable for implementing this
automatic supervision function of the protection system.

If the protective device is blocked, it means the relay is out of service. Before you must re-energize
the relays or reset CPU module and MON module to make the relay back into service, please find
out the causes and inform the factory.

When a failure is detected by the automatic supervision, it is followed with corresponding LCD
message, corresponding LED indication will be lightened and corresponding alarm output contacts
will be energized. At the same time event recording will record the failure alarm which can be
viewed in event recording report and be printed.

The RCS-915 implements the automatic supervision function taking advantage of this feature
based on the following concept:

„ The supervision function should not affect protection performance

„ When a failure occurs, it should be able to easily identify the location of failure.

4.2 Handle Alarm

Hardware circuit and operation condition of the equipment are self-supervised continuously. If any
abnormal condition is detected, information or report will be displayed and a corresponding alarm
will be issued.

A common abnormality may block a certain number of protections functions while the other
functions can still work. However, if serious hardware failure or abnormality were detected, all
protection functions will be blocked and the LED “HEALTHY” will be extinguished and blocking
signal will be given by contacts output BSJ. The protective device then cannot work normally and
maintenance is required to eliminate the failure.

Note!

If the protective device is blocked or alarm signal is sent during operation, please do find
out its reason with the help of self-diagnose record. If the reason can not be found at site,
please notice the factory NARI-RELAYS. Please do not simply press button “TARGET

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 41

Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

RESET” on the protection panel or re-power on the protective device.

4.2.1 List of self-supervision report

Table 4.2-1 Self-supervision report

Indicator LED
No. Self-supervision Report MISC CT/VT DS
HEALTHY
ALARM ALARM ALARM
1 Alm_Setting_DSP_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
2 Alm_DSP1_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
3 Alm_DSP2_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
4 Alm_FPGA_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
5 Alm_CPLD_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
6 Alm_DSP_MONBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
7 Alm_DSP1_MONBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
8 Alm_DSP2_MONBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
9 Alm_FPGA_MONBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
10 Alm_CPLD_MONBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
11 Alm_PersisFD_DSP1_CPUBrd GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
12 Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_CPUBrd GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
13 Alm_PersisFD_DSP1_MONBrd GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
14 Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_MONBrd GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
15 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
16 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
17 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
18 Alm_RAM_MONBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
19 Alm_ROM_MONBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
20 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
21 Alm_BO_FD_MONBrd GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
22 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
23 Alm_52b_BC GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
24 Alm_VTS_BB1 GREEN OFF YELLOW OFF
25 Alm_VTS_BB2 GREEN OFF YELLOW OFF
26 Alm_CTS GREEN OFF YELLOW OFF
27 Alm_SensCTS GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
28 Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB1 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
29 Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB2 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
30 Alm_BI_BFI_BC GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
31 Alm_BI_Blk_BBP GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
32 Alm_InvalidSetting OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
33 Alm_ModifiedSetting OFF YELLOW OFF OFF
34 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
35 Alm_TripOutput OFF YELLOW OFF OFF

42 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

36 Alm_InnerComm GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF

37 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr01 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
38 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr02 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
39 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr03 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
40 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr04 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
41 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr05 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
42 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr06 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
43 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr07 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
44 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr08 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
45 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr09 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
46 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr10 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
47 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr11 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
48 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr12 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
49 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr13 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
50 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr14 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
51 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr15 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
52 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr16 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
53 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr17 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
54 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr18 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
55 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS1 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
56 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS2 GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
57 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BC GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
58 Alm_Diff_SensCTS_BC GREEN YELLOW OFF OFF
59 Alm_CTS_AnyFdr GREEN OFF YELLOW OFF
60 Alm_CTS_BC GREEN OFF YELLOW OFF
61 Alm_DS GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
62 Alm_DS_Fdr01 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
63 Alm_DS_Fdr02 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
64 Alm_DS_Fdr03 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
65 Alm_DS_Fdr04 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
66 Alm_DS_Fdr05 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
67 Alm_DS_Fdr06 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
68 Alm_DS_Fdr07 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
69 Alm_DS_Fdr08 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
70 Alm_DS_Fdr09 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
71 Alm_DS_Fdr10 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
72 Alm_DS_Fdr11 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
73 Alm_DS_Fdr12 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
74 Alm_DS_Fdr13 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
75 Alm_DS_Fdr14 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
76 Alm_DS_Fdr15 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
77 Alm_DS_Fdr16 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
78 Alm_DS_Fdr17 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 43

Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

79 Alm_DS_Fdr18 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW

80 Alm_DS_BS1 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
81 Alm_DS_BS2 GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW
82 Alm_DS_BT GREEN OFF OFF YELLOW

4.2.2 Repairmen suggestion of self-supervision report

Table 4.2-2 Repairmen suggestion

No. Self-supervision Report Suggestion

1 Alm_Setting_DSP_CPUBrd
2 Alm_DSP1_CPUBrd
3 Alm_DSP2_CPUBrd
4 Alm_FPGA_CPUBrd
Put the protective device out of service
5 Alm_CPLD_CPUBrd
at once. Inform the factory or agency to
6 Alm_DSP_MONBrd
maintain it.
7 Alm_DSP1_MONBrd
8 Alm_DSP2_MONBrd
9 Alm_FPGA_MONBrd
10 Alm_CPLD_MONBrd
11 Alm_PersisFD_DSP1_CPUBrd Check CT secondary circuit including
12 Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_CPUBrd CT polarity
13 Alm_PersisFD_DSP1_MONBrd Check the contact of initiating BFP
including the contact of releasing
14 Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_MONBrd
voltage blocking
15 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
16 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
17 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
Put the protective device out of service
18 Alm_RAM_MONBrd
at once. Inform the factory or agency to
19 Alm_ROM_MONBrd
maintain it.
20 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
21 Alm_BO_FD_MONBrd
22 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
Check auxiliary contact of BC/BS
23 Alm_52b_BC
breaker
24 Alm_VTS_BB1
Check VT secondary circuit
25 Alm_VTS_BB2
Put the protective device out of service
26 Alm_CTS
at once. Check CT secondary circuit
27 Alm_SensCTS Check CT secondary circuit
28 Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB1
Check VT secondary circuit
29 Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB2
Check the contact of initiating BC/BS
30 Alm_BI_BFI_BC
BFP externally

44 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

Check the contact of blocking BBP

31 Alm_BI_Blk_BBP
externally
When changing active setting group or
changing system settings, settings of
32 Alm_InvalidSetting busbar differential protection and
breaker failure protection have to be
configured again.
33 Alm_ModifiedSetting Normal prompt message
Check the power circuit in the DC
34 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
module and I/O module
Put the protective device out of service
35 Alm_TripOutput at once. Inform the factory or agency to
maintain it.
Check the communication cable
36 Alm_InnerComm
between CPU and MON module
37 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr01
38 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr02
39 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr03
40 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr04
41 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr05
42 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr06
43 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr07
44 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr08
45 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr09
46 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr10
47 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr11
Check CT secondary circuit
48 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr12
49 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr13
50 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr14
51 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr15
52 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr16
53 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr17
54 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr18
55 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS1
56 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS2
57 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BC
58 Alm_Diff_SensCTS_BC
59 Alm_CTS_AnyFdr Put the protective device out of service
60 Alm_CTS_BC at once. Check CT secondary circuit
61 Alm_DS
62 Alm_DS_Fdr01
Check auxiliary contact of disconnector
63 Alm_DS_Fdr02
64 Alm_DS_Fdr03

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 45

Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

65 Alm_DS_Fdr04
66 Alm_DS_Fdr05
67 Alm_DS_Fdr06
68 Alm_DS_Fdr07
69 Alm_DS_Fdr08
70 Alm_DS_Fdr09
71 Alm_DS_Fdr10
72 Alm_DS_Fdr11
73 Alm_DS_Fdr12
74 Alm_DS_Fdr13
75 Alm_DS_Fdr14
76 Alm_DS_Fdr15
77 Alm_DS_Fdr16
78 Alm_DS_Fdr17
79 Alm_DS_Fdr18
80 Alm_DS_BS1
81 Alm_DS_BS2
82 Alm_DS_BT

4.3 Protective Device Supervision

4.3.1 Hardware supervision

The DSP1, DSP2, RAM, EPROM, FPGA and CPLD chips which are on both CPU and MON
modules are monitored to ensure whether they are damaged or have errors. If any one of them is
detected to be damaged or has as error, the protective device will be blocked.

4.3.2 Fault detector supervision

If the fault detector element in MON module picks up continuously but the fault detector element in
CPU module doesn’t pick up, an alarm will be issued without the protective device blocked.

If any fault detector element in CPU module and MON module picks up and its duration exceeds
10s, an alarm will be issued without the protective device blocked.

4.3.3 Binary output supervision

Contact status of the output relays continually monitored. If any error or damage is detected, an
alarm will be issued with the protective device blocked.

4.3.4 Binary input supervision

Status of binary inputs detected by CPU and MON modules should be the same. Otherwise, the
protective device will be blocked.

If binary input [BI_Blk_BBP] is energized continually and its duration exceeds 1s, the alarm
[Alm_BI_Blk_BBP] will be issued and the blocking for BBP will be released.

If binary input [BI_BFI_BC] is energized continually and its duration exceeds 10s, the alarm

46 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

[Alm_BI_BFI_BC] will be issued and the external initiation of BC/BS BFP will be quitted.

If any binary input for initiating BFP is energized and its duration exceeds 10s, the alarms
[Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_CPUBrd] and [Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_MONBrd] will be issued with BFP
blocked.

If binary input [BI_Disable_VCE_BFP] is energized and its duration exceeds 10s, the alarms
[Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_CPUBrd] and [Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_MONBrd] will be issued with VCE of
BFP put into service again.

4.3.5 Setting supervision

RCS-915AS has four setting groups, while only one is active at any time. The settings of active
setting group are checked to ensure they are reasonable. If the settings are checked to be invalid,
the alarm [Alm_InvalidSetting] will be issued with the protective device blocked. At the same time,
if there is any summation error of all setting groups, the alarm [Alm_EEPROM] will be issued with
the protective device blocked.

If 4 setting groups are all not set, when the protective device is provided DC power supply first, the
alarm [Alm_InvalidSetting] will be issued. If any setting in system parameters is changed but the
protection settings are not confirmed and renew or some settings in protection settings exceed
setting range, the alarm [Alm_InvalidSetting] will be issued with the protective device blocked.

4.3.6 Internal communication supervision

The protective device has three software modules, which are on CPU module, MON module and
HMI module respectively. There are two communication channels among them, communication
between CPU module and MON module and communication between CPU module and HMI
module, which are monitored to ensure reliable data exchange. If communication fails, the alarm
[Alm_InnerComm] will be issued without the protective device blocked.

4.4 AC Circuit Supervision

4.4.1 Voltage and current drift supervision and auto-adjustment
Zero point of voltage and current may drift influenced by variation of temperature or other
environment factors. The protective device continually automatically traces the drift and adjusts it
to normal value.

4.4.2 Sample supervision

The protective device compares the CPU sampling and DSP sampling. In normal condition, the
sampling should be the same for a certain AC input and binary input. If a sampling in CPU is
detected to be different largely with that in DSP, an alarm will be issued with the protective device
blocked.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 47

Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

4.5 Secondary Circuit Supervision

4.5.1 Opto-coupler power supervision
Positive power supply of opto-coupler is continually monitored. If an error or damage has occurred,
an alarm will be issued without the protective device blocked.

4.5.2 CT circuit supervision

The main purpose of CT circuit supervision is to monitor CT secondary circuits so as to ensure that
it is normal. Please refer to section 3.7 for details.

4.5.3 VT circuit supervision

The main purpose of VT circuit supervision is to monitor VT secondary circuits so as to ensure that
it is normal. Please refer to section 3.6 for detail.

4.5.4 Disconnector position supervision

In the case of double busbars with bus coupler arrangement, disconnector position is always
monitored and checks to ensure that the protective device operates correctly. Please refer to
section 3.5 for details.

4.5.5 BC breaker supervision

If the binary input [BI_52b_BC] is energized, but current is detected in the BC, an alarm will be
issued without the protective device blocked.

4.6 Abnormality of HMI Module

When abnormal situation of HMI module resulting from the following reasons mentioned in the
Table 4.6-1 is detected by self-supervision, it will be followed with an LCD message but no alarm
LED will be turned on. Because the abnormality is slight and not so serious to affect correct
operation of protective device, the abnormality will not be recorded as self-supervision report and
the protective device will not be blocked.

Checking whether communication cable between front panel and CPU module is normal can be
tried to solve the problem. If the protective device still cannot return to normal condition, please
inform the manufacture or agency.

Table 4.6-1 Abnormality information of HMI module

LCD Information
ERR: Invalid SLD data ERR: Can't get CPUBrd version
ERR: CRC of SLD data ERR: Invalid MONBrd version
ERR: Can't get SLD Data ERR: CRC of MONBrd version
ERR: Invalid Trp Rpt ERR: Can't get MONBrd version
ERR: CRC of Trp Rpt ERR: Invalid debug info of CPUBrd
ERR: Can't get Trp Tpt ERR: Invalid debug info of MONBrd
ERR: Invalid Alm Rpt ERR: Invalid settings of CPUBrd

48 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

ERR: CRC of Alm Rpt ERR: CRC of settings of CPUBrd

ERR: Can't get Alm Rpt ERR: Frame of settings from CPUBrd
ERR: Invalid BI Chg Rpt ERR: Frame of settings flag from CPUBrd
ERR: CRC of BI Chg Rpt ERR: CRC of settings flag from CPUBrd
ERR: Can't get BI Chg Rpt ERR: Can't send Print flag to CPUBrd
ERR: Can't get time from CPUBrd ERR: Can't get print flag from CPUBrd
ERR: Can't modify time of CPUBrd ERR: Can't get comm flag of CPUBrd
ERR: Can't modify time of MONBrd ERR: Can't clear comm flag of CPUBrd
ERR: Can't clear reports of CPUBrd ERR: Can't trigger oscillo on CPUBrd
ERR: Can't clear reports of MONBrd ERR: CPUBrd & MONBrd ver unmatched
ERR: Invalid CPUBrd version ERR: Cann't get any data
ERR: CRC of CPUBrd version

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 49

Chapter 4 Automatic Supervision

50 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 5 Metering and Recording

Chapter 5 Metering and Recording

5.1 Metering Function

RCS-915AS performs continuous measurement of the analog quantities. The metering data can
be shown on the LCD by operating menu or be printed by printer. The measurement value in CPU
module and MON module are the same.

5.1.1 Metering
RCS-915 samples 24 points per cycle and calculates the RMS value in each interval and LCD will
be updated every 0.5 second. The following analog quantities will be displayed in RMS values of
the secondary side of CT. RCS-915 has double CPU system (i.e. CPU module and MON module),
so the sampled values of both modules will be displayed on LCD through different access menu.

Item Rotation Description

UP_BB1 A,B,C Three phase voltages of BB No.1
UP_BB2 A,B,C Three phase voltages of BB No.2
UPP_BB1 AB,BC,CA Three phase-to-phase voltages of BB No.1
UPP_BB2 AB,BC,CA Three phase-to-phase voltages of BB No.1
I_BC A,B,C Three phase currents of BC
I_Fdr01~ A,B,C Three phase currents of feeder 01~18
I_Fdr18
I_BS1 A,B,C Three phase currents of BS1
I_BS2 A,B,C Three phase currents of BS2

Access path:

MainMenupVALUESpCPU VALUESpMETERING

MainMenupVALUESpMON VALUESpMETERING

5.1.2 Differential current

Item Rotation Description

Id_BB1 A,B,C Three-phase discriminative zone differential currents of BB No.1
Id_BB2 A,B,C Three-phase discriminative zone differential currents of BB No.2
Id_CZ A,B,C Three-phase check zone differential currents

Access path:

MainMenupVALUESpCPU VALUESpDIFF CURR

MainMenupVALUESpMON VALUESpDIFF CURR

5.1.3 Phase angle

If current of some feeder is greater or equal to 0.1IN firstly, phase A current of the feeder is taken as
a reference. When sampled value of voltage is larger than 0.1UN, phase angle of voltage displayed

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 51

Chapter 5 Metering and Recording

is accurate. When sampled value of current is larger than 0.1IN, phase angle of current displayed is
accurate. UN and IN are secondary rated voltage of VT and current of CT respectively.

Item Rotation Description

φU_BB1 A,B,C The phase angle of voltage of BB No.1
φU_BB2 A,B,C The phase angle of voltage of BB No.2
φI_BC A,B,C The phase angle of current of BC
φI_Fdr01~φI_Fdr18 A,B,C The phase angle of voltage of feeder 01~18
φI_BS1 A,B,C The phase angle of current of BS1
φI_BS1 A,B,C The phase angle of current of BS2

Access path:

MainMenupVALUESpCPU VALUESpPHASE ANGLE

MainMenupVALUESpMON VALUESpPHASE ANGLE

5.1.4 Debug values of DSP1

The debug values of DSP1 are usually provided for commission person for reference.

Item Rotation Description

U0_BB1 Zero-sequence voltage of BB No.1
U0_BB2 Zero-sequence voltage of BB No.2
U2_BB1 Negative sequence voltage of BB No.1
U2_BB2 Negative sequence voltage of BB No.2
I0BC Zero-sequence current of BC
I2BC Negative sequence current of BC
I0Fdr01~ I0Fdr18 Zero-sequence current of feeder 01~18
I0BS1 Zero-sequence current of BS1
I0BS2 Zero-sequence current of BS2
I2Fdr01~ I2Fdr18 Negative sequence current of feeder 01~18
I2BS1 Negative sequence current of BS1
I2BS2 Negative sequence current of BS2
Id_BB1 A,B,C Three-phase discriminative zone differential currents of BB No.1
Id_BB2 A,B,C Three-phase discriminative zone differential currents of BB No.2
Id_CZ A,B,C Three-phase check zone differential currents
Ir_BB1 A,B,C Three-phase discriminative zone restraint currents of BB No.1
Ir_BB2 A,B,C Three-phase discriminative zone restraint currents of BB No.2
Ir_CZ A,B,C Three-phase check zone restraint currents
UPP_BB1 AB,BC,CA Three phase-to-phase voltages of BB No.1
UPP_BB2 AB,BC,CA Three phase-to-phase voltages of BB No.2

Access path:

MainMenupMETERINGpCPU DSP1

MainMenupMETERINGpMON DSP1

52 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 5 Metering and Recording

5.1.5 Debug values of DSP2

The debug values of DSP2 are usually provided to commission person for reference.

Item Rotation Description

UP_BB1 A,B,C Three phase voltages of BB No.1
UP_BB2 A,B,C Three phase voltages of BB No.2
IBC A,B,C Three phase currents of BC
IFdr01~ IFdr18 A,B,C Three phase currents of feeder 01~18
I_BS1 A,B,C Three phase currents of BS1
I_BS2 A,B,C Three phase currents of BS2
U0_BB1 Zero-sequence voltage of BB No.1
U0_BB2 Zero-sequence voltage of BB No.2
U2_BB1 Negative sequence voltage of BB No.1
U2_BB2 Negative sequence voltage of BB No.2
I0BC Zero-sequence current of BC
I2BC Negative sequence current of BC
I0Fdr01~ I0Fdr18 Zero-sequence current of feeder 01~18
I0BS1 Zero-sequence current of BS1
I0BS2 Zero-sequence current of BS2
I2Fdr01~ I2Fdr18 Negative sequence current of feeder 01~18
I2BS1 Negative sequence current of BS1
I2BS2 Negative sequence current of BS2
Fundamental component of check zone differential current
Id_1stH_CZ
calculated by algorithm 1
Id_Harm_CZ Total harmonic component of check zone differential current
Fundamental component of check zone differential current
Id_1stH_CZ
calculated by algorithm 2
Id_3rdH_CZ Third harmonic component of check zone differential current
UPP_BB1 AB,BC,CA Three phase-to-phase voltages of BB No.1
UPP_BB2 AB,BC,CA Three phase-to-phase voltages of BB No.2

Access path:

MainMenupMETERINGpCPU DSP2

MainMenupMETERINGpMON DSP2

5.2 Recording Function

5.2.1 Overview
The RCS-915AS provides the following recording functions:

„ Event recorder

„ Disturbance recorder

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 53

Chapter 5 Metering and Recording

„ Present recorder

Except fault waveform, these records are displayed on the LCD of the protective device or on the
local or remote PC. Fault waveform only can be print or displayed through dedicated analysis
software.

5.2.2 Event recorder

Event recording includes self-supervision report and status change of binary input report. RCS-915
can store 32 pieces of each kind of both reports in no-volatile memory. (The counters of both
reports are same from 0 to 255). If a new recorder is generated when 32 recorders have been
stored, the oldest recorder will be overwritten by the latest one.

5.2.2.1 Self-supervision report

The protective device is under automatic supervision all the time. If there are any failure or
abnormal condition detected, such as, chip damaged, VT circuit failure and so on, it will be logged
in event recorder.

5.2.2.2 Status change of binary input report

When a binary input is energized or de-energized, i.e., its state has changed from “0” to “1” or from
“1” to “0”, it will be logged as an event recorder.

5.2.3 Disturbance recorder

Use the disturbance recorder to achieve a better understanding of the behavior of the power
network and related primary and secondary equipment during and after a disturbance. An analysis
of the recorded data provides valuable information that can be used to improve existing equipment.
This information can also be used when planning for and designing new installations.

Disturbance recorder is consisted of fault report and fault waveform. Disturbance recorder is
initiated by fault detector element.

Disturbance recorder has two types:

1. Fault detector element picks up without operation of protective element

2. Fault detector element picks up with operation of protective elements.

5.2.3.1 Capacity and information of fault report

The protective device can store 32 pieces of fault reports in non-volatile memory. If a new fault
occurs when 64 faults have been stored, the oldest fault report will be overwritten by the latest one.
(The counter of the report is from 0 to 255).

The following items are recorded for one fault:

1. Date and time of fault occurrence

The absolute date and time when a fault detector element operates; the time resolution is 1 ms
using the relay internal clock.

2. Faulty phase

54 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 5 Metering and Recording

The faulty phase detected by the operating element is showed in the record report.

3. Operating time

The relative time when protection element operates to send tripping signal relative to fault detector
element operating; the operating time of output relay is not included.

4. Protection element

It shows the protection element that issues the tripping command. If no protection element
operates to trip but only fault detector element operates, fault report will record the title of fault
detector element. Please refer to section 8.3.2.

5. Tripping element

The elements (feeder or bus coupler/bus section) tripped are also shown

5.2.3.2 Capacity and information of fault waveform

The protective device can store 8 pieces of fault waveform oscillogram. If a new fault occurs when
8 fault waveform records have been stored, the latest waveform record will overwrite the oldest
one. The protective device stores actual samples that are taken at a rate of 24 samples per cycle.

The recording time before fault detector initiation is fixed at 2 cycles. The recording time after fault
detector initiation is fixed at 6 cycles without protection operation. If protective device dose not
drop off after 6 cycles, then the recording time will be prolonged until the protective device drops off
or the available space for this recording is exhausted.

Each fault record consists of analogue data channels and digital data channels.

1. Differential current waveforms

„ Check zone differential current

„ Discriminative zone differential current of BB No.1

„ Discriminative zone differential current of BB No.2

2. Busbar voltage waveforms

„ Voltage of BB No.1

„ Voltage of BB No.2

3. Feeders current waveforms (Feeder 01~18)

4. Bus coupler/bus section waveforms

5.2.4 Present recorder

Present recorder is used to record present waveform of current or voltage, which can only be
triggered manually through operation on keypad. Please refer to 8.3.8.3.

The protective device can only store 1 piece recoding waveform. If you want to record a new
operation waveform, the old one will be overwritten. The protective device stores actual samples

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 55

Chapter 5 Metering and Recording

that are taken at a rate of 24 samples per cycle. The recording time is fixed at 5 cycles.

Each fault record consists of analogue data channels and digital data channels.

1. Differential current waveforms

„ Check zone differential current

„ Discriminative zone differential current of BB No.1

„ Discriminative zone differential current of BB No.2

2. Busbar voltage waveforms

„ Voltage of BB No.1

„ Voltage of BB No.2

3. Feeders current waveforms (Feeder 01~18)

4. Bus coupler/bus section waveforms

56 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

6.1 Hardware Platform

The relay RCS-915AS uses Motorola 32 bits monolithic microprocessor as control kernel for
output logic and management functions, and high-speed digital signal processor DSP for
protection calculation. Sampling rate of the protective device is 24 points per cycle. Real time data
are processed parallel for all algorithms during whole process of fault. So the protective device can
ensure very high inherent reliability and security.

AC Low-pass External binary

A/D DSP 1 DSP 2 Opto-coupler
Signal filter input

CPLD
HMI CPU 1 Output relay

CPU Module QDJ

COM PRT +E

Low-pass External binary

A/D DSP 3 DSP 4 Opto-coupler
filter input
CPLD

HMI CPU 2

MON Module

COM PRT

Figure 6.1-1 RCS-915AS hardware platform

AC currents of CT are transferred to low voltage signals by isolating transformers and are input to
CPU module and MON module. Data and logic are processed respectively in these two modules
with same hardware. The CPU module carries out functions of protection algorithms, tripping logic,
event record and printing. The MON module comprises general fault detector and fault recorder.
The fault detector element in the MON module is used to provide DC power supply to the output
relay after picking up. Format of the record is compatible with COMTRADE, and the data recorded
can be printed and uploaded to substation automation system via separate serial port.

6.2 Overview
RCS-915AS is made of a 12U height 19” chassis for panel flush mounting. Components mounted
on its front include a 240×128 dot matrix LCD, a 9-button keypad, 10 LED indicators and a 9 pin
connector for communication with PC.

The 10 LED indicators are, from top to bottom, “HEALTHY”, “CT/VT ALARM”, “DS ALARM”,
“MISC ALARM”, “BBP TRIP BB1”, “BBP TRIP BB2”, “TRIP BC/BS”, “BFP TRIP BB1”, “BFP

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 57

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

TRIP BB2” and “RE-TRIP”.

The 9 buttons of keypad are direction key, plus key, minus key, “ENT”, “GRP” and “ESC”.

The front view and rear view of RCS-915AS is shown as Figure 6.2-1 and Figure 6.2-2.

Figure 6.2-1 Front view of RCS-915AS

58 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.2-2 Rear view of RCS-915AS

Briefly, the protective device is composed of 13 modules to realize the function of busbar
protection.

Table 6.2-1 Hardware configuration

No. Item Description

1 I/O1 Binary inputs and binary outputs (No.1)
2 I/O2 Binary inputs and binary outputs (No.2)
3 I/O3 Binary inputs and binary outputs (No.3)
4 I/O4 Binary inputs and binary outputs (No.4)
5 SIG Signal module
6 DC Power supply module
7 CPU Central processing unit module
8 MON Management module
9 AC1 AC current input module (No.1)
10 AC2 AC current input module (No.2)
11 AC3 AC current input module (No.3)
12 AC4 AC current input module (No.4)
13 HMI Human machine interface module

1. AC module (No.1~No.4)

AC current and voltage are converted to low voltage signals in modules AC1, AC2, AC3 and AC4.
Two ratings of AC current are optional (1A or 5A). It shall be stated definitely during ordering and

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 59

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

checked during commissioning.

2. CPU/MON module

CPU module and MON module are the same and in charge of finish filtering, sampling and
calculating protection algorithm.

3. DC module

Power supply part is located in DC module. It can convert DC 250/220/125/110 V into different DC
voltage levels needed by various modules of the relay. DC module also comprises of
250/220/125/110V/24V opto-couplers for binary inputs.

4. SIG module

Local signal, remote signal and even recorder are comprised in SIG modules.

5. I/O module

Binary inputs and binary outputs are comprised in four modules: I/O1, I/O2, I/O3 and I/O4.
250/220/125/110V opto-couplers are used here for binary input.

6. HMI module

HMI consists of LCD, LED, keypad and serial port. Through communication between CPU
module/MON module and HMI module, HMI module provides an access to the protective device.

6.3 Connectors and Terminals

6.3.1 Overview
There are 21 connectors for external connections mounted on rear panel of RCS-915AS, of which,
14 connectors are of 30 pins while 7 connectors are of 18 pins.

Connectors with 30 pins are used for DC power supply, binary input, communication and printer,
tripping, alarm and other signal output. Numbers of these connectors are 1A/1B, 2A/2B, 3A/3B,
4A/4B, 5A/5B, 6B, 7B, 8B and 9B.

Connectors with 18 pins are used for AC current input. Numbers of these connectors are 9C,
10B/10C, 11B/11C and 12B/12C.

The connector of 30 pins and 18 pins is shown as follows.

Each connector will be introduced in detail in following sections; here the definitions of common
symbols are shown in the following sections from section 6.3.2 to section 6.3.22.

60 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

6.3.2 Pins definition of connector (1A)

Connector 1A: 30 pins male connector for binary input

Figure 6.3-1 Connector 1A of RCS-915AS

DC power supply
1A2 Negative pole of opto-coupler (DC 24V)
1A9 Positive pole of opto-coupler (DC 24V)
1A16 Negative pole of opto-coupler (DC 220/110V)
Binary input (24V)
1A3 Normally closed and open contact of BS2 [BI_PD_BS2]
1A5 Normally closed and open contact of BS1 [BI_PD_BS1]
1A7 Normally closed contact of BS2 [BI_52b_BS2]
1A4 Normally closed contact of BS1 [BI_52b_BS1]
1A6 VT of BB No.2 in service [EBI_VT_BB2]
1A8 VT of BB No.1 in service [EBI_VT_BB1]
1A10 Single busbar mode [EBI_IntLink_Mode]
Binary input (250/220/125/110V)
1A11 Disconnector position of feeder 05 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr5]
1A13 Disconnector position of feeder 05 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr5]
1A15 Disconnector position of feeder 04 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr4]
1A17 Disconnector position of feeder 04 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr4]
1A19 Disconnector position of feeder 03 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr3]
1A21 Disconnector position of feeder 03 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr3]
1A23 Disconnector position of feeder 02 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr2]
1A25 Disconnector position of feeder 02 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr2]
1A27 Disconnector position of feeder 01 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr1]
1A29 Disconnector position of feeder 01 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr1]
1A18 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 04
1A20 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 04 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr4]
1A22 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 04 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr4]
1A24 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 04 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr4]
1A26 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 03

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 61

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

1A28 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 03 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr3]

1A30 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 03 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr3]

6.3.3 Pins definition of connector (1B)

Connector 1B: 30 pins male connector for binary status input and tripping output

Figure 6.3-2 Connector 1B of RCS-915AS

Binary input (250/220/125/110V)

1B1 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 01 [BI_ BFI_Fdr1]
1B3 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 05 [BI_ C_BFI_Fdr5]
1B5 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 05 [BI_ B_BFI_Fdr5]
1B7 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 05 [BI_ A_BFI_Fdr5]
1B9 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 05
1B2 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 03 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr3]
1B4 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 02
1B6 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 02 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr2]
1B8 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 02 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr2]
1B10 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 02 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr2]
Tripping contact
1B11-1B12 Tripping contact of feeder 05 (second)
1B13-1B14 Tripping contact of feeder 05 (first)
1B15-1B16 Tripping contact of feeder 04 (second)
1B17-1B18 Tripping contact of feeder 04 (first)
1B19-1B20 Tripping contact of feeder 03 (second)
1B21-1B22 Tripping contact of feeder 03 (first)
1B23-1B24 Tripping contact of feeder 02 (second)
1B25-1B26 Tripping contact of feeder 02 (first)
1B27-1B28 Tripping contact of feeder 01 (second)
1B29-1B30 Tripping contact of feeder 01 (first)

6.3.4 Pins definition of connector (2A)

Connector 2A: 30 pins male connector for binary input

62 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.3-3 Connector 2A of RCS-915AS

DC power supply
2A2 Negative pole of opto-coupler (DC 24V)
2A9 Positive pole of opto-coupler (DC 24V)
2A16 Negative pole of opto-coupler (DC 220/110V)
Binary input (250/220/125/110V)
2A4 Enable isolator link for enabling BS2 PD protection [EBI_PD_BS2]
2A6 Enable isolator link for enabling BS1 PD protection [EBI_PD_BS1]
2A8 Enable isolator link for enabling BS2 OC protection [EBI_OC_BS2]
2A10 Enable isolator link for enabling BS1 OC protection [EBI_OC_BS1]
2A11 Disconnector position of feeder 10 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr10]
2A13 Disconnector position of feeder 10 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr10]
2A15 Disconnector position of feeder 09 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr9]
2A17 Disconnector position of feeder 09 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr9]
2A19 Disconnector position of feeder 08 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr8]
2A21 Disconnector position of feeder 08 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr8]
2A23 Disconnector position of feeder 07 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr7]
2A25 Disconnector position of feeder 07 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr7]
2A27 Disconnector position of feeder 06 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr6]
2A29 Disconnector position of feeder 06 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr6]
2A18 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 09
2A20 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 09 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr9]
2A22 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 09 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr9]
2A24 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 09 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr9]
2A26 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 08
2A28 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 08 [BI_ C_BFI_Fdr8]
2A30 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 08 [BI_ B_BFI_Fdr8]

6.3.5 Pins definition of connector (2B)

Connector 2B: 30 pins male connector for binary input and tripping output

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 63

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.3-4 Connector 2B of RCS-915AS

Binary input (250/220/125/110V)

2B1 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 06 [BI_ BFI_Fdr6]
2B3 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 10 [BI_ C_BFI_Fdr10]
2B5 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 10 [BI_ B_BFI_Fdr10]
2B7 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 10 [BI_ A_BFI_Fdr10]
2B9 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 10
2B2 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 08 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr8]
2B4 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 07
2B6 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 07 [BI_ C_BFI_Fdr7]
2B8 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 07 [BI_ B_BFI_Fdr7]
2B10 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 07 [BI_ A_BFI_Fdr7]
Tripping contact
2B11-2B12 Tripping contact of feeder No.10 (second)
2B13-2B14 Tripping contact of feeder No.10 (first)
2B15-2B16 Tripping contact of feeder No.9 (second)
2B17-2B18 Tripping contact of feeder No.9 (first)
2B19-2B20 Tripping contact of feeder No.8 (second)
2B21-2B22 Tripping contact of feeder No.8 (first)
2B23-2B24 Tripping contact of feeder No.7 (second)
2B25-2B26 Tripping contact of feeder No.7 (first)
2B27-2B28 Tripping contact of feeder No.6 (second)
2B29-2B30 Tripping contact of feeder No.6 (first)

6.3.6 Pins definition of connector (3A)

Connector 3A: 30 pins male connector for binary input

64 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.3-5 Connector 3A of RCS-915AS

DC power supply
3A2 Negative pole of opto-coupler (DC 220/110V)
3A9 Positive pole of opto-coupler (DC 220/110V)
3A16 Negative pole of opto-coupler (DC 220/110V)
Binary input (250/220/125/110V)
3A1 Blocking BBP [BI_Blk_BBP]
3A8 Reverse the polarity of BC1 CT [EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT]
3A10 BC1 breaker as a substitution of feeder breaker [EBI_BC_As_BT_Mode]
3A11 Disconnector position of feeder 15 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr15]
3A13 Disconnector position of feeder 15 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr15]
3A15 Disconnector position of feeder 14 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr14]
3A17 Disconnector position of feeder 14 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr14]
3A19 Disconnector position of feeder 13 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr13]
3A21 Disconnector position of feeder 13 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr13]
3A23 Disconnector position of feeder 12 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr12]
3A25 Disconnector position of feeder 12 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr12]
3A27 Disconnector position of feeder 11 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr11]
3A29 Disconnector position of feeder 11 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr11]
3A18 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 14
3A20 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 14 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr14]
3A22 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 14 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr14]
3A24 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 14 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr14]
3A26 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 13
3A28 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 13 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr13]
3A30 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 13 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr13]

6.3.7 Pins definition of connector (3B)

Connector 3B: 30 pins male connector for binary input and tripping output

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 65

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.3-6 Connector 3B of RCS-915AS

Binary input (250/220/125/110V)

3B1 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 11 [BI_ BFI_Fdr11]
3B3 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 15 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr15]
3B5 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 15 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr15]
3B7 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 15 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr15]
3B9 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 15
3B2 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 13 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr13]
3B4 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 12
3B6 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 12 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr12]
3B8 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 12 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr12]
3B10 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 12 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr12]
Tripping contact
3B11-3B12 Tripping contact of feeder No.15 (second)
3B13-3B14 Tripping contact of feeder No.15 (first)
3B15-3B16 Tripping contact of feeder No.14 (second)
3B17-3B18 Tripping contact of feeder No.14 (first)
3B19-3B20 Tripping contact of feeder No.13 (second)
3B21-3B22 Tripping contact of feeder No.13 (first)
3B23-3B24 Tripping contact of feeder No.12 (second)
3B25-3B26 Tripping contact of feeder No.12 (first)
3B27-3B28 Tripping contact of feeder No.11 (second)
3B29-3B30 Tripping contact of feeder No.11 (first)

6.3.8 Pins definition of connector (4A)

Connector 4A: 30 pins male connector for binary status input

66 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.3-7 Connector 4A of RCS-915AS

DC power supply
4A9 Positive pole of opto-coupler (DC 220/110V)
4A16 Negative pole of opto-coupler (DC 220/110V)
Binary input (250/220/125/110V)
4A1 Disconnector position of feeder substituted for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_BT]
4A3 Disconnector position of feeder substituted for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_BT]
4A19 Disconnector position of feeder 18 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr18]
4A21 Disconnector position of feeder 18 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr18]
4A23 Disconnector position of feeder 17 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr17]
4A25 Disconnector position of feeder 17 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr17]
4A27 Disconnector position of feeder 16 for BB No.2 [BI_DSBB2_Fdr16]
4A29 Disconnector position of feeder 16 for BB No.1 [BI_DSBB1_Fdr16]
4A4 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder substituted [BI_C_BFI_BT]
4A6 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder substituted [BI_B_BFI_BT]
4A8 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder substituted [BI_A_BFI_BT]
4A10 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder substituted
4A18 Three-phase initiating contact of BS1
4A26 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 18
4A28 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 18 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr18]
4A30 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 18 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr18]

6.3.9 Pins definition of connector (4B)

Connector 4B: 30 pins male connector for binary status input and tripping output

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 67

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.3-8 Connector 4B of RCS-915AS

Binary input (250/220/125/110V)

4B1 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 16 [BI_BFI_Fdr16]
4B9 Three-phase initiating contact of BS2
4B2 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 18 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr18]
4B4 Three-phase initiating contact of BFP for feeder 17
4B6 Phase C initiating contact of BFP for feeder 17 [BI_C_BFI_Fdr17]
4B8 Phase B initiating contact of BFP for feeder 17 [BI_B_BFI_Fdr17]
4B10 Phase A initiating contact of BFP for feeder 17 [BI_A_BFI_Fdr17]
Tripping contact
4B11-4B12 Tripping contact of BS2 (second)
4B13-4B14 Tripping contact of BS2 (first)
4B15-4B16 Tripping contact of BS1 (second)
4B17-4B18 Tripping contact of BS1 (first)
4B19-4B20 Tripping contact of feeder No.18 (second)
4B21-4B22 Tripping contact of feeder No.18 (first)
4B23-4B24 Tripping contact of feeder No.17 (second)
4B25-4B26 Tripping contact of feeder No.17 (first)
4B27-4B28 Tripping contact of feeder No.16 (second)
4B29-4B30 Tripping contact of feeder No.16 (first)

6.3.10 Pins definition of connector (5A)

Connector 5A: 30 pins male connector for signal and event record output

Figure 6.3-9 Connector 5A of RCS-915AS

68 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Remote signal
5A1 Common
5A1-5A3 Failure
5A1-5A5 CT circuit failure alarm
5A1-5A7 Disconnector position alarm
5A1-5A9 Other miscellaneous alarm
5A1-5A11 BBP operates to trip BB No.1
5A1-5A13 BBP operates to trip BB No.2
5A1-5A15 BBP, BFP or BC/BS protection operates to trip BC
5A1-5A17 BFP or BC/BS BFP operates to trip BB No.1
5A1-5A19 BFP or BC/BS BFP operates to trip BB No.2
5A1-5A21 Retrip target circuit breaker
Event recorder
5A2 Common
5A2-5A4 Failure
5A2-5A6 CT circuit failure alarm
5A2-5A8 Disconnector position alarm
5A2-5A10 Other miscellaneous alarm
5A2-5A12 BBP operates to trip BB No.1
5A2-5A14 BBP operates to trip BB No.2
5A2-5A16 BBP, BFP or BC/BS protection operates to trip BC
5A2-5A18 BFP or BC/BS BFP operates to trip BB No.1
5A2-5A20 BFP or BC/BS BFP operates to trip BB No.2
5A2-5A22 Retrip target circuit breaker
Local signal
5A23 Common
5A23-5A24 Failure
5A23-5A25 Alarm
5A23-5A26 BBP operates
5A23-5A27 BFP or BC/BS BFP operates to trip BB No.1
5A23-5A28 BBP, BFP or BC/BS protection operates to trip BC
5A23-5A29 Retrip target circuit breaker
5A23-5A30 BFP or BC/BS BFP operates to trip BB No.2

6.3.11 Pins definition of connector (5B)

Connector 5B: 30 pins male connector for tripping output

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 69

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.3-10 Connector 5B of RCS-915AS

Tripping contact
5B1-5B2 Reserve tripping contact
5B3-5B4 Reserve tripping contact
5B5-5B6 Reserve tripping contact
5B7-5B8 Reserve tripping contact
5B9-5B10 Tripping contact of discriminative zone differential operating for BB No.2
5B11-5B12 Tripping contact of discriminative zone differential operating for BB No.1
5B13-5B14 Reserve tripping contact
5B15-5B16 Reserve tripping contact
5B17-5B18 BS2 breaker failure initiation
5B19-5B20 BS2 breaker failure initiation
5B21-5B22 BS1 breaker failure initiation
5B23-5B24 BS1 breaker failure initiation
5B25-5B26 Tripping contact of BC (first)
5B27-5B28 Tripping contact of BC (second)
5B29-5B30 Reserve tripping contact

6.3.12 Pins definition of connector (6B)

Connector 6B: 30 pins male connector for binary input and power input

Figure 6.3-11 Connector 6B of RCS-915AS

DC power supply
6B16 Negative pole of opto-coupler (DC 24V)

70 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

6B17 Positive pole of opto-coupler (DC 24V)

6B25 Positive pole of power supply input (DC 220/110V)
6B27 Negative pole of power supply input (DC 220/110V)
6B29 Ground of protective device
6B30 Ground of protective device
Binary input (24V)
6B1 Enable isolator link for enabling BFP [EBI_BFP]
6B2 Enable isolator link for enabling BBP [EBI_BBP]
6B3 Enable isolator link for enabling BC SOTF protection [EBI_SOTF_BC]
6B4 Enable isolator link for enabling BC OC protection [EBI_OC_BC]
6B5 Enable isolator link for enabling BC PD protection [EBI_PD_BC]
6B6 Enable isolator link for enabling BS1 SOTF protection [EBI_SOTF_BS1]
6B7 Enable isolator link for enabling BS2 SOTF protection [EBI_SOTF_BS2]
6B9 Normally closed contact of BC [BI_52b_BC]
6B10 Normally closed and open contact of BC [BI_PD_BC]
6B11 Blocking monitoring direction [EBI_BlkMoniComm]
6B12 Confirming disconnector position [BI_ConfirmDS]
6B13 Initiating printing [BI_Print]
6B14 Time synchronizing pulse input [BI_Pulse_GPS]
6B15 Signal resetting [BI_ResetTarget]
Binary input (250/220/125/110V)
6B20 Releasing VCE blocking for BFP [BI_Disable_VCE_BFP]
6B21 Initiating BC BFP externally [BI_BFI_BC]

6.3.13 Pins definition of connector (7B)

Connector 7B: 30 pins male connectors for communication

Figure 6.3-12 Connector 7B of RCS-915AS

Communication port
7B1 RS485A
For GPS clock synchronizing
7B3 RS485B
7B5 RS485A For SAS or RTU (first)

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 71

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

7B7 RS485B
7B9 RS485A
For SAS or RTU (Second)
7B11 RS485B
7B21 RS232TX
For printer
7B23 RS232RX
7B27 Ground of communication
7B30 Ground of chassis

6.3.14 Pins definition of connector (8B)

Connector 8B: 30 pins male connectors for communication

Figure 6.3-13 Connector 8B of RCS-915AS

Communication port
8B27 Ground of communication
8B30 Ground of chassis

6.3.15 Pins definition of connector (9B)

Connector 9B: 30 pins male connectors for AC voltage input

Figure 6.3-14 Connector 9B of RCS-915AS

Voltage input
9B1 Phase A voltage of BB No.1
9B3 Phase B voltage of BB No.1
9B5 Phase C voltage of BB No.1
9B7 Neutral point of BB No.1 VT

72 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

9B11 Phase A voltage of BB No.2

9B13 Phase B voltage of BB No.2
9B15 Phase C voltage of BB No.2
9B17 Neutral point of BB No.2 VT
9B21 Phase A voltage of BB No.3
9B23 Phase B voltage of BB No.3
9B25 Phase C voltage of BB No.3
9B27 Neutral point of BB No.3 VT

6.3.16 Pins definition of connector (9C)

Connector 9C: 18 pins male connectors for AC current input

Figure 6.3-15 Connector 9C of RCS-915AS

Current input
9C1 Phase A current from CT of feeder 1
9C2 Phase A current from CT of feeder 1 (polarity mark)
9C3 Phase B current from CT of feeder 1
9C4 Phase B current from CT of feeder 1 (polarity mark)
9C5 Phase C current from CT of feeder 1
9C6 Phase C current from CT of feeder 1 (polarity mark)
9C7 Phase A current from CT of feeder 2
9C8 Phase A current from CT of feeder 2 (polarity mark)
9C9 Phase B current from CT of feeder 2
9C10 Phase B current from CT of feeder 2 (polarity mark)
9C11 Phase C current from CT of feeder 2
9C12 Phase C current from CT of feeder 2 (polarity mark)
9C13 Phase A current from CT of feeder 3
9C14 Phase A current from CT of feeder 3 (polarity mark)
9C15 Phase B current from CT of feeder 3
9C16 Phase B current from CT of feeder 3 (polarity mark)
9C17 Phase C current from CT of feeder 3
9C18 Phase C current from CT of feeder 3 (polarity mark)

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 73

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

6.3.17 Pins definition of connector (10B)

Connector 10B: 18 pins male connectors for AC current input

Figure 6.3-16 Connector 10B of RCS-915AS

Current input
10B1 Phase A current from CT of feeder 4
10B2 Phase A current from CT of feeder 4 (polarity mark)
10B3 Phase B current from CT of feeder 4
10B4 Phase B current from CT of feeder 4 (polarity mark)
10B5 Phase C current from CT of feeder 4
10B6 Phase C current from CT of feeder 4 (polarity mark)
10B7 Phase A current from CT of feeder 5
10B8 Phase A current from CT of feeder 5 (polarity mark)
10B9 Phase B current from CT of feeder 5
10B10 Phase B current from CT of feeder 5 (polarity mark)
10B11 Phase C current from CT of feeder 5
10B12 Phase C current from CT of feeder 5 (polarity mark)
10B13 Phase A current from CT of feeder 6
10B14 Phase A current from CT of feeder 6 (polarity mark)
10B15 Phase B current from CT of feeder 6
10B16 Phase B current from CT of feeder 6 (polarity mark)
10B17 Phase C current from CT of feeder 6
10B18 Phase C current from CT of feeder 6 (polarity mark)

6.3.18 Pins definition of connector (10C)

Connector 10C: 18 pins male connectors for AC current input

74 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Figure 6.3-17 Connector 10C of RCS-915AS

Current input
10C1 Phase A current from CT of feeder 7
10C2 Phase A current from CT of feeder 7 (polarity mark)
10C3 Phase B current from CT of feeder 7
10C4 Phase B current from CT of feeder 7 (polarity mark)
10C5 Phase C current from CT of feeder 7
10C6 Phase C current from CT of feeder 7 (polarity mark)
10C7 Phase A current from CT of feeder 8
10C8 Phase A current from CT of feeder 8 (polarity mark)
10C9 Phase B current from CT of feeder 8
10C10 Phase B current from CT of feeder 8 (polarity mark)
10C11 Phase C current from CT of feeder 8
10C12 Phase C current from CT of feeder 8 (polarity mark)
10C13 Phase A current from CT of feeder 9
10C14 Phase A current from CT of feeder 9 (polarity mark)
10C15 Phase B current from CT of feeder 9
10C16 Phase B current from CT of feeder 9 (polarity mark)
10C17 Phase C current from CT of feeder 9
10C18 Phase C current from CT of feeder 9 (polarity mark)

6.3.19 Pins definition of connector (11B)

Connector 11B: 18 pins male connectors for AC current input

Figure 6.3-18 Connector 11B of RCS-915AS

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 75

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

Current input
11B1 Phase A current from CT of feeder 10
11B2 Phase A current from CT of feeder 10 (polarity mark)
11B3 Phase B current from CT of feeder 10
11B4 Phase B current from CT of feeder 10 (polarity mark)
11B5 Phase C current from CT of feeder 10
11B6 Phase C current from CT of feeder 10 (polarity mark)
11B7 Phase A current from CT of feeder 11
11B8 Phase A current from CT of feeder 11 (polarity mark)
11B9 Phase B current from CT of feeder 11
11B10 Phase B current from CT of feeder 11 (polarity mark)
11B11 Phase C current from CT of feeder 11
11B12 Phase C current from CT of feeder 11 (polarity mark)
11B13 Phase A current from CT of feeder 12
11B14 Phase A current from CT of feeder 12 (polarity mark)
11B15 Phase B current from CT of feeder 12
11B16 Phase B current from CT of feeder 12 (polarity mark)
11B17 Phase C current from CT of feeder 12
11B18 Phase C current from CT of feeder 12 (polarity mark)

6.3.20 Pins definition of connector (11C)

Connector 11C: 18 pins male connectors for AC current input

Figure 6.3-19 Connector 11C of RCS-915AS

Current input
11C1 Phase A current from CT of feeder 13
11C2 Phase A current from CT of feeder 13 (polarity mark)
11C3 Phase B current from CT of feeder 13
11C4 Phase B current from CT of feeder 13 (polarity mark)
11C5 Phase C current from CT of feeder 13
11C6 Phase C current from CT of feeder 13 (polarity mark)
11C7 Phase A current from CT of feeder 14

76 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 6 Hardware Description

11C8 Phase A current from CT of feeder 14 (polarity mark)

11C9 Phase B current from CT of feeder 14
11C10 Phase B current from CT of feeder 14 (polarity mark)
11C11 Phase C current from CT of feeder 14
11C12 Phase C current from CT of feeder 14 (polarity mark)
11C13 Phase A current from CT of feeder 15
11C14 Phase A current from CT of feeder 15 (polarity mark)
11C15 Phase B current from CT of feeder 15
11C16 Phase B current from CT of feeder 15 (polarity mark)
11C17 Phase C current from CT of feeder 15
11C18 Phase C current from CT of feeder 15 (polarity mark)

6.3.21 Pins definition of connector (12B)

Connector 12B: 18 pins male connectors for AC current input

Figure 6.3-20 Connector 12B of RCS-915AS

Current input
12B1 Phase A current from CT of feeder 16
12B2 Phase A current from CT of feeder 16 (polarity mark)
12B3 Phase B current from CT of feeder 16
12B4 Phase B current from CT of feeder 16 (polarity mark)
12B5 Phase C current from CT of feeder 16
12B6 Phase C current from CT of feeder 16 (polarity mark)
12B7 Phase A current from CT of feeder 17
12B8 Phase A current from CT of feeder 17 (polarity mark)
12B9 Phase B current from CT of feeder 17
12B10 Phase B current from CT of feeder 17 (polarity mark)
12B11 Phase C current from CT of feeder 17
12B12 Phase C current from CT of feeder 17 (polarity mark)
12B13 Phase A current from CT of feeder 18
12B14 Phase A current from CT of feeder 18 (polarity mark)
12B15 Phase B current from CT of feeder 18

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 77

Chapter 6 Hardware Description

12B16 Phase B current from CT of feeder 18 (polarity mark)

12B17 Phase C current from CT of feeder 18
12B18 Phase C current from CT of feeder 18 (polarity mark)

6.3.22 Pins definition of connector (12C)

Connector 12C: 18 pins male connectors for AC current input

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17

1FD1AN 1FD1BN 1FD1CN 1FD2AN 1FD2BN 1FD2CN IMLAN IMLBN IMLCN

I19A I19B I19C I20A I20B I20C IMLA IMLB IMLC

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

Figure 6.3-21 Connector 12C of RCS-915AS

Current input
12C1 Phase A current from CT of BS1
12C2 Phase A current from CT of BS1 (polarity mark)
12C3 Phase B current from CT of BS1
12C4 Phase B current from CT of BS1 (polarity mark)
12C5 Phase C current from CT of BS1
12C6 Phase C current from CT of BS1 (polarity mark)
12C7 Phase A current from CT of BS2
12C8 Phase A current from CT of BS2 (polarity mark)
12C9 Phase B current from CT of BS2
12C10 Phase B current from CT of BS2 (polarity mark)
12C11 Phase C current from CT of BS2
12C12 Phase C current from CT of BS2 (polarity mark)
12C13 Phase A current from CT of BC
12C14 Phase A current from CT of BC (polarity mark)
12C15 Phase B current from CT of BC
12C16 Phase B current from CT of BC (polarity mark)
12C17 Phase C current from CT of BC
12C18 Phase C current from CT of BC (polarity mark)

78 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

Chapter 7 Setting
The RCS-915AS has four setting groups for protection to coordinate with the mode of power
system operation, one of which is assigned to be active. However, equipment parameters and
system parameters are common for all protection setting groups.

All current settings in this chapter are secondary current converted from primary current by
reference CT ratio. Zero sequence current setting is configured according to 3I0 and negative
sequence current setting according to I2.

7.1 Equipment Parameter

7.1.1 Settings list

No. Item Setting Range Default Setting

1 Setting_Group 0~3 0
2 Equip_ID 6 characters maximum BUS001
3 Comm_Addr 0~254 1
4 COM1_Baud 4800/9600/19200 bit/s 19200
5 COM2_Baud 4800/9600/19200 bit/s 19200
6 Printer_Baud 4800/9600/19200 bit/s 19200
7 Protocol 0000-FFFF 0011
8 En_Auto_Print 0 or 1 0
9 En_Net_Print 0 or 1 1
10 GPS_Pulse 0 or 1 0
11 En_Remote_Cfg 0 or 1 0

7.1.2 Settings description

1. Setting_Group

Number of active setting group; four setting groups can be configured for busbar differential
protection and breaker failure protection, and only one is active at a time. However, only one
setting group is available for equipment parameters and system parameters.

2. Equip_ID

Equipment identity; Equipment can be identified by 6 alphanumeric digits, such as BUS001.

3. Comm_Addr

Communication address of the device; the address used for the host computer to identify the
equipment via serial ports.

4. COM1_Baud

The baud rate used for RS485 communication port 1;

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 79

Chapter 7 Setting

5. COM2_Baud

The baud rate used for RS485 communication port 2;

6. Printer_Baud

The baud rate used for printer port;

7. Protocol

Communication protocol; the logic setting consists of sixteen binary digits and displayed with four
hexadecimal digits. Only the binary digit 0 and 2 and the binary digit 4 and 6 are effective. The
binary digit 0 and 2 determines the protocol of the RS485 communication port1, and the binary
digit 4 and 6 determines the protocol of the RS485 communication port 2. Any binary digit is set to
“1”, which means the corresponding protocol is selected.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

2:Modbus

1:Modbus
2:103

1:103
Where,

103: protocol IEC60870-5-103

Modbus: protocol Modbus.

For example, “0041” means RS485 communication port 1 is IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485
communication port 2 is Modbus protocol. If this logic setting is set as “0000”, then default protocol
IEC 60870-5-103 are implemented for both ports.

8. En_Auto_Print

Enable Automatic printing; Set it as “1” for initiating automatic printing whenever a new event (trip,
alarm etc.) happens. Otherwise set it as “0”.

9. En_Net_Print

Enable network printing; Set it as “1” for initiating network printing. Otherwise set it as “0”.

10. GPS_Pulse

Option of Clock synchronizing pulse;

Set it as “1” for minute pulse and “0” for second pulse.

11. En_Remote_Cfg

Enable remote configuration/setting modification. Set it as “0” if only local configuration is needed.
Set it as “1” if local and remote configurations are both needed.

7.1.3 Access path

MainMenupSETTINGSpEQUIP SETTINGS

80 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

7.2 System Parameter

7.2.1 Settings list

No. Item Description Setting Range

Secondary rated voltage of
1 U2n_VT 1-100V
VT
Secondary rated current of
2 I2n_CT 5A/1A
CT
3 U1n_VT Primary rated voltage of VT 0~6550kV
4 I1n_CT Primary rated current of CT 0~65535A
5 ID_Fdr01 Identity of feeder 01 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
6 k_CT_Fdr01 0.00~2.00
feeder 01
7 ID_Fdr02 Identity of feeder 02 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
8 k_CT_Fdr02 0.00~2.00
feeder 02
9 ID_Fdr03 Identity of feeder 03 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
10 k_CT_Fdr03 0.00~2.00
feeder 03
11 ID_Fdr04 Identity of feeder 04 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
12 k_CT_Fdr04 0.00~2.00
feeder 04
13 ID_Fdr05 Identity of feeder 05 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
14 k_CT_Fdr05 0.00~2.00
feeder 05
15 ID_Fdr06 Identity of feeder 06 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
16 k_CT_Fdr06 0.00~2.00
feeder 06
17 ID_Fdr07 Identity of feeder 07 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
18 k_CT_Fdr07 0.00~2.00
feeder 07
19 ID_Fdr08 Identity of feeder 08 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
20 k_CT_Fdr08 0.00~2.00
feeder 08
21 ID_Fdr09 Identity of feeder 09 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
22 k_CT_Fdr09 0.00~2.00
feeder 09
23 ID_Fdr10 Identity of feeder 10 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
24 K_CT_Fdr10 0.00~2.00
feeder 10
25 ID_Fdr11 Identity of feeder 11 Four characters or digits max
26 K_CT_Fdr11 CT correction coefficient of 0.00~2.00

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 81

Chapter 7 Setting

feeder 11
27 ID_Fdr12 Identity of feeder 12 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
28 K_CT_Fdr12 0.00~2.00
feeder 12
29 ID_Fdr13 Identity of feeder 13 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
30 k_CT_Fdr13 0.00~2.00
feeder 13
31 ID_Fdr14 Identity of feeder 14 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
32 K_CT_Fdr14 0.00~2.00
feeder 14
33 ID_Fdr15 Identity of feeder 15 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
34 k_CT_Fdr15 0.00~2.00
feeder 15
35 ID_Fdr16 Identity of feeder 16 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
36 k_CT_Fdr16 0.00~2.00
feeder 16
37 ID_Fdr17 Identity of feeder 17 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
38 k_CT_Fdr17 0.00~2.00
feeder 17
39 ID_Fdr18 Identity of feeder 18 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
40 k_CT_Fdr18 0.00~2.00
feeder 18
41 ID_BS1 Identity of BS1 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
42 k_CT_ BS1 0.00~2.00
BS1
43 ID_ BS2 Identity of BS2 Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
44 k_CT_ BS2 0.00~2.00
BS2
45 ID_BC Identity of BC Four characters or digits max
CT correction coefficient of
46 k_CT_BC 0.00~2.00
BC
47 ID_BB1 Identity of BB No.1 Ⅰ~Ⅷ
48 ID_BB2 Identity of BB No.2 Ⅰ~Ⅷ
Logic setting 1: enable; 0: disable
49 Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode Unearthed system 0 or 1
BC breaker as a substitution
50 Opt_BC_&_BT_Mode 0 or 1
of feeder breaker
51 En_BI_Init_BFP_BC Initiating BC BFP externally 0 or 1

7.2.2 Settings description

1. U2n_VT

Secondary rated voltage of VT.

82 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

2. I2n_CT

Secondary rated current of CT; it is taken as the secondary rated current of reference CT

3. U1n_VT

Primary rated voltage of VT.

4. I1n_CT

Primary rated current of CT.

5. ID_Fdr xx/ID_BC

Identity of the feeder xx and BC CT; it consists of 4 alphanumeric digits, such as B001.

6. k_CT_Fdrxx/k_CT_BC

CT correction coefficient of feeder xx and BC CT; this parameter is used to balance different CT
ratio of various feeders connected with the busbar. Among these CTs, the most used CT ratio is
taken as the reference ratio which CT correction coefficient is 1. For feeder not connected with the
busbar, CT correction coefficient is 0.

For example, suppose only 3 feeders are connected with the busbar with CT ratio 600:5 (feeder
01), 600:5 (feeder 02) and 1200:5 (feeder 03). CT correction coefficients of feeder 01 and feeder
02 shall be 1 and that of feeder 03 shall be 2. CT correction coefficients of other feeders shall be 0.

The maximum short circuit current of various CT shall not exceed 30In. In order to ensure
accuracy, difference of various CT ratios shall not be too high. Maximum summation of corrected
secondary currents (product of actual secondary current of individual CT and its correction
coefficient) of various CT during short circuit condition shall not exceed 80In. All current values in
calculation and display are the corrected secondary currents.

If secondary rated currents of CT of various feeders are not the same i.e. 1A or 5A, it shall be
announced clearly during ordering.

7. ID_BS1/ID_BS2

Identity of BS1/BS2.

8. k_CT_BS1/k_CT_BS2

CT correction coefficient of BS1/BS2.

9. ID_BB1/ID_BB2

Identity of BB No.1 and BB No.2;

Actual number of the BB No.1 and BB No.2

10. Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode

When RCS-915AS is applied to an unearthed system, the logic setting i.e.

[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] should be set as “1”. It will affect the settings of VCE, please refer to
section 3.2.6 and section 3.4.3, and the criterion of VT circuit supervision will also change, please

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 83

Chapter 7 Setting

refer to section 3.6.

11. Opt_BC_&_BT_Mode

If it is possible to use BC breaker to substitute one of feeder breaker temporarily, it should be set
as “1”.

12. En_BI_Init_BFP_BC

If it is possible to initiate BC BFP through binary input from external protective device, it should be
set as “1”.

7.2.3 Access path

MainMenupSETTINGSpSYSTEM SETTINGS

7.3 Busbar Protection Settings

7.3.1 Settings list

No. Item Description Setting Range

1 I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP Pickup value of differential current 0.1IN ~10IN
2 I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP Dropout value of differential current 0.1IN ~10IN
High restraint coefficient of
3 Slope_H_Pcnt_BBP steady-state percentage differential 0.5~0.8
element
4 I_OC_SOTF_BC Current setting of BC SOTF protection 0.04IN ~19IN
5 I_OC_BC Current setting of BC OC protection 0.04IN ~19IN
6 Zero-sequence current setting of BC
I_ROC_BC 0.04IN ~19IN
OC protection
7 t_OC_BC Time delay of BC OC protection 0.01 ~10s
8 Zero-sequence setting of BC PD
I_ROC_PD_BC 0.04IN ~19IN
protection
9 Negative sequence setting of BC PD
I_NegOC_PD_BC 0.04IN ~19IN
protection
10 t_PD_BC Time delay of BC PD protection 0.01 ~10s
11 I_Alm_CTS Current setting of CT circuit failure 0.06IN ~IN
12 Current setting of CT circuit
I_Alm_SensCTS 0.04IN ~IN
abnormality
13 V_UV_VCE_BBP Voltage setting of VCE for BBP 2~100V
14 Zero-sequence voltage setting of VCE
V_ROV_VCE_BBP 2~57.7V
for BBP
15 Negative sequence voltage setting of
V_NegOV_VCE_BBP 2~57.7V
VCE for BBP
16 I_BFP_BC Current setting of BC BFP 0.04IN ~19IN
17 Time delay of BC BFP operates to trip
t_TrpBS_BFP_BC 0.01 ~10s
BS breaker

84 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

18 t_TrpBB_BFP_BC Time delay of BC BFP 0.01 ~10s

19 t_EFP_BC time delay of dead zone protection 0.01 ~10s
Logic setting 1: enable; 0: disable
20 En_BBP Busbar differential protection 1 or 0
21 En_SOTF_BC Bus coupler/bus section SOTF 1 or 0
protection
22 En_OC_BC Bus coupler/bus section OC protection 1 or 0
23 En_PD_BC Bus coupler/bus section PD protection 1 or 0
24 En_SOTF_BS1 BS1 SOTF protection 1 or 0
25 En_SOTF_BS2 BS2 SOTF protection 1 or 0
26 En_IntLink_Mode Single busbar operation mode 1 or 0
27 En_VT_BB1 Voltage transformer of BB No.1 1 or 0
28 En_VT_BB2 Voltage transformer of BB No.2 1 or 0
29 En_BC.SOTF_Blk_BBP Bus coupler SOTF protection blocking 1 or 0
BBP
30 En_Unbal_SensCTS Unbalance criterion for CT circuit 1 or 0
abnormality
31 En_AutoRecov_SensCTS CT circuit abnormality reset 1 or 0
automatically
32 En_OC_Init_BFP_BC BC OC protection initiating BC BFP 1 or 0
33 En_BI_Blk_BBP Blocking BBP externally 1 or 0
34 En_BFP_BS Enable BS breaker failure protection 1 or 0
35 En_OC_BS1 Enable over current protection of BS1 1 or 0
36 En_OC_BS2 Enable over current protection of BS2 1 or 0
37 En_PD_BS1 BS1 PD protection 1 or 0
38 En_PD_BS2 BS2 PD protection 1 or 0

7.3.2 Setting description

1. I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP

It should ensure sensitive enough in minimum operation mode and should be greater than
maximum load current of its outlets.

2. I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP

It is used to prevent differential current element from dropping off due to strong power source
tripped when there is busbar fault. Thus, it should make BBP sensitive enough to trip weak power
source. The recommended value is 0.9× [ I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP].

3. Slope_H_Pcnt_BBP

It should make check zone percentage differential element sensitive enough to operate in
minimum operation mode i.e. BC/BS breaker is closed. The recommended value is 0.7.

4. I_OC_SOTF_BC

It should make BC SOTF protection sensitive enough to operate when energizing busbar in

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 85

Chapter 7 Setting

minimum operation mode.

5. I_OC_BC

It should make BC OC protection sensitive enough to operate when there is a phase-to-phase

fault occurring in the end of feeder energized and it should be greater than the load current flowing
through BC breaker.

6. I_ROC_BC

It should make BC OC protection sensitive enough to operate when there is an earth fault
occurring in the end of feeder energized.

7. t_OC_BC

It should be set according to actual project requirement.

8. I_ROC_PD_BC

It should be greater than maximum unbalance zero-sequence current in maximum operation

mode.

9. I_NegOC_PD_BC

It should be greater than maximum unbalance negative sequence current in maximum operation
mode.

10. t_PD_BC

It should be greater than maximum inconsistent time of three phase interrupters when bus coupler
breaker is in the process of being closed.

11. I_Alm_CTS

It should be greater than unbalance current in normal operation mode.

12. I_Alm_SensCTS

It is used to better response the abnormality of CT circuit in light load feeder and shunt of CT
circuit, etc. It should be more sensitive than [I_Alm_CTS] and can be set as 1.5~2 times of
differential current displayed in maximum operation mode.

13. V_UV_VCE_BBP

It should make BBP sensitive enough to operate when there is a symmetric fault occurring in the
busbar zone. The recommended value is 35~40V. When the logic setting i.e.
[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] is set as “1”, the setting should be set as phase-to-phase voltage.
Please refer to section 3.2.6.

14. V_ROV_VCE_BBP

It should make BBP sensitive enough to operate when there is an unsymmetrical fault occurring in
the busbar zone and it should be greater than zero-sequence component of maximum unbalance
voltage in normal operation mode. The recommended value is 6~10V. When the logic setting i.e.

86 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] is set as “1”, the setting is invalid.

15. V_NegOV_VCE_BBP

It should make BBP sensitive enough to operate when there is an unsymmetrical fault occurring in
the busbar zone and it should be greater than negative sequence component of maximum
unbalance voltage in normal operation mode. The recommended value is 4~8V.

16. I_BFP_BC

It should be set as minimum fault current flowing through BC breaker. The influence of power
system topology change on fault current after BBP operating shall be considered.

17. t_TrpBB_BFP_BC

It should be greater than maximal arc-extinguishing time of BC breaker.

18. t_EFP_BC

It should be greater than time difference between normally closed contact of BC breaker operating
and arc-extinguishing of main interrupter, which can prevent BC dead zone protection from not
operating due to normally closed contact of BC breaker prior to arc-extinguishing. The
recommended value is 100ms.

19. En_BBP

It is logic setting used to enable or disable busbar differential protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_BBP] is isolator link used to enable or disable busbar differential protection locally. Their
relation is “AND”.

20. En_SOTF_BC

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BC SOTF protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_SOTF_BC] is isolator link used to enable or disable BC SOTF protection locally. Their
relation is “AND”.

21. En_OC_BC

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BC OC protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_OC_BC] is isolator link used to enable or disable BC OC protection locally. Their relation is
“AND”.

22. En_PD_BC

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BC PD protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_PD_BC] is isolator link used to enable or disable BC PD protection locally. Their relation is
“AND”.

23. En_SOTF_BS1

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BS1 SOTF protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_SOTF_ BS1] is isolator link used to enable or disable BS1 SOTF protection locally. Their
relation is “AND”.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 87

Chapter 7 Setting

24. En_SOTF_BS2

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BS2 SOTF protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_SOTF_ BS2] is isolator link used to enable or disable BS2 SOTF protection locally. Their
relation is “AND”.

25. En_IntLink_Mode

The logic setting i.e. [En_IntLink_Mode] is used as local operation and binary input
[EBI_IntLink_Mode] is used remote operation. Their relation is “AND”. Both busbar zones will be
tripped simultaneously when there is an internal fault occurring in the any busbar zone if the logic
setting i.e. [En_IntLink_Mode] is set as “1” and binary input [EBI_IntLink_Mode] is energized.

26. En_VT_BB1/En_VT_BB2

They are used to switch busbar voltage. Please refer to section 3.8.

27. En_BC.SOTF_Blk_BBP

If it is set as “1”, BBP will be blocked for 300ms temporarily during BC SOTF protection valid.

28. En_Unbal_SensCTS

It should be set as “1” usually. However, if there is unbalance load in power system, in order to
prevent the criterion 3I0>0.25IΦmax+0.04IN from false tripping, it should be set as “0”.

29. En_AutoRecov_SensCTS

The CT circuit abnormality alarm can be reset automatically when the CT circuit returns to normal
condition if the logic setting i.e. [En_AutoRecov_SensCTS] is set as “1”. Please refer to section
3.7.2.

30. En_OC_Init_BFP_BC

If it is set as “1”, BC BFP can be initiated by BC OC protection.

31. En_BI_Blk_BBP

If it is set as “1”, BBP can be blocked when binary input [BI_Blk_BBP] from external protective
device is energized.

32. En_BFP_BS

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BS BFP protection remotely.

33. En_OC_BS1

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BS1 OC protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_OC_BS1] is isolator link used to enable or disable BS1 OC protection locally. Their relation is
“AND”.

34. En_OC_BS2

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BS2 OC protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_OC_BS2] is isolator link used to enable or disable BS2 OC protection locally. Their relation is

88 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

“AND”.

35. En_PD_ BS1

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BS1 PD protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_PD_BS1] is isolator link used to enable or disable BS1 PD protection locally. Their relation is
“AND”.

36. En_PD_BS2

It is logic setting used to enable or disable BS2 PD protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_PD_BS2] is isolator link used to enable or disable BS2 PD protection locally. Their relation is
“AND”.

7.3.3 Access path

MainMenupSETTINGSpBBP SETTINGS

7.4 Breaker Failure Protection Settings

7.4.1 Settings list

Common BFP Settings

No. Item Description Setting Range
Time delay of BFP operating to re-trip target
1 t_ReTrp_BFP 0.01~10s
breaker
2 t_TrpBC_BFP Time delay of BFP operating to trip BC breaker 0.01~10s
3 t_TrpBB_BFP Time delay of BFP operating to trip busbar zone 0.01~10s
4 V_UV_VCE_BFP Voltage setting of VCE 2~100V
5 V_ROV_VCE_BFP Zero-sequence voltage setting of VCE 2~57.7V
6 V_NegOV_VCE_BFP Negative sequence voltage setting of VCE 2~57.7V
7 En_BFP Breaker failure protection 0 or 1
Feeder 01 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr01 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder01 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr01 0.04IN~19IN
feeder01
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr01 0.04IN~19IN
feeder01
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr01 0 or 1
feeder01
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr01 0 or 1
feeder01
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr01 VCE of BFP for feeder01 0 or 1
Feeder 02 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr02 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder02 0~19IN

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 89

 Chapter 7 Setting

2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for

I_ROC_BFP_Fdr02 0.04IN~19IN
feeder02
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr02 0.04IN~19IN
feeder02
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr02 0 or 1
feeder02
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr02 0 or 1
feeder02
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr02 VCE of BFP for feeder02 0 or 1
Feeder 03 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr03 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder03 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr03 0.04IN~19IN
feeder03
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr03 0.04IN~19IN
feeder03
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr03 0 or 1
feeder03
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr03 0 or 1
feeder03
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr03 VCE of BFP for feeder03 0 or 1
Feeder 04 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr04 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder04 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr04 0.04IN~19IN
feeder04
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr04 0.04IN~19IN
feeder04
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr04 0 or 1
feeder04
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr04 0 or 1
feeder04
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr04 VCE of BFP for feeder04 0 or 1
Feeder 05 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr05 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder05 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr05 0.04IN~19IN
feeder05
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr05 0.04IN~19IN
feeder05
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr05 0 or 1
feeder05

90 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for

En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr05 0 or 1
feeder05
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr05 VCE of BFP for feeder05 0 or 1
Feeder 06 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr06 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder06 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr06 0.04IN~19IN
feeder06
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr06 0.04IN~19IN
feeder06
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr06 0 or 1
feeder06
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr06 0 or 1
feeder06
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr06 VCE of BFP for feeder06 0 or 1
Feeder 07 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr07 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder07 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr07 0.04IN~19IN
feeder07
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr07 0.04IN~19IN
feeder07
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr07 0 or 1
feeder07
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr07 0 or 1
feeder07
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr07 VCE of BFP for feeder07 0 or 1
Feeder 08 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr08 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder08 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr08 0.04IN~19IN
feeder08
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr08 0.04IN~19IN
feeder08
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr08 0 or 1
feeder08
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr08 0 or 1
feeder08
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr08 VCE of BFP for feeder08 0 or 1
Feeder 09 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr09 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder09 0~19IN

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 91

 Chapter 7 Setting

2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for

I_ROC_BFP_Fdr09 0.04IN~19IN
feeder09
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr09 0.04IN~19IN
feeder09
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr09 0 or 1
feeder09
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr09 0 or 1
feeder09
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr09 VCE of BFP for feeder09 0 or 1
Feeder 10 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr10 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder10 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr10 0.04IN~19IN
feeder10
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr10 0.04IN~19IN
feeder10
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr10 0 or 1
feeder10
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr10 0 or 1
feeder10
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr10 VCE of BFP for feeder10 0 or 1
Feeder 11 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr11 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder11 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr11 0.04IN~19IN
feeder11
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr11 0.04IN~19IN
feeder11
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr11 0 or 1
feeder11
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr11 0 or 1
feeder11
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr11 VCE of BFP for feeder11 0 or 1
Feeder 12 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr12 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder12 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr12 0.04IN~19IN
feeder12
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr12 0.04IN~19IN
feeder12
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr12 0 or 1
feeder12

92 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for

En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr12 0 or 1
feeder12
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr12 VCE of BFP for feeder12 0 or 1
Feeder 13 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr13 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder13 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr13 0.04IN~19IN
feeder13
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr13 0.04IN~19IN
feeder13
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr13 0 or 1
feeder13
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr13 0 or 1
feeder13
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr13 VCE of BFP for feeder13 0 or 1
Feeder 14 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr14 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder14 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr14 0.04IN~19IN
feeder14
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr14 0.04IN~19IN
feeder14
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr14 0 or 1
feeder14
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr14 0 or 1
feeder14
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr14 VCE of BFP for feeder14 0 or 1
Feeder 15 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr15 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder15 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr15 0.04IN~19IN
feeder15
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr15 0.04IN~19IN
feeder15
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr15 0 or 1
feeder15
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr15 0 or 1
feeder15
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr15 VCE of BFP for feeder15 0 or 1
Feeder 16 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr16 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder16 0~19IN

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 93

 Chapter 7 Setting

2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for

I_ROC_BFP_Fdr16 0.04IN~19IN
feeder16
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr16 0.04IN~19IN
feeder16
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr16 0 or 1
feeder16
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr16 0 or 1
feeder16
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr16 VCE of BFP for feeder16 0 or 1
Feeder 17 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr17 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder17 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr17 0.04IN~19IN
feeder17
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr17 0.04IN~19IN
feeder17
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr17 0 or 1
feeder17
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr17 0 or 1
feeder17
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr17 VCE of BFP for feeder17 0 or 1
Feeder 18 BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 I_OC_BFP_Fdr18 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder18 0~19IN
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for
I_ROC_BFP_Fdr18 0.04IN~19IN
feeder18
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr18 0.04IN~19IN
feeder18
4 Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_ROC_BFP_Fdr18 0 or 1
feeder18
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr18 0 or 1
feeder18
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr18 VCE of BFP for feeder18 0 or 1
Feeder Substituted BFP Settings
No. Item Description Settings Range
1 Phase current setting of BFP for feeder
I_OC_BFP_BT 0~19IN
substituted
2 Zero-sequence current setting of BFP for feeder
I_ROC_BFP_BT 0.04IN~19IN
substituted
3 Negative sequence current setting of BFP for
I_NegOC_BFP_BT 0.04IN~19IN
feeder substituted
4 En_ROC_BFP_BT Zero-sequence current criterion of BFP for 0 or 1

94 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 7 Setting

feeder substituted
5 Negative sequence current criterion of BFP for
En_NegOC_BFP_BT 0 or 1
feeder substituted
6 Disable_VCE_BFP_BT VCE of BFP for feeder substituted 0 or 1

7.4.2 Settings description

1. t_ReTrp_BFP

It should be set as greater than 100ms and smaller than the setting i.e. [t_TrpBC_BFP]. The
recommended value is 0.15. The function of retripping target breaker can be disabled if it is set as
same as [t_TrpBC_BFP].

2. t_TrpBC_BFP

It should be greater than the summation of operating time of breaker and reset time of protective
device with certain margin. The recommended value is 250ms~350ms.

3. t_TrpBB_BFP

Based on the premise of BC/BS breaker tripped, it should be greater than the summation of
operating time of BC/BS breaker and reset time of protective device with certain margin. It should
be as short as possible on the premise of losing selectivity. The recommended value is
500ms~600ms.

4. V_UV_VCE_BFP

It should make BFP sensitive enough to operate when there is a symmetrical fault occurring in the
end of the longest feeder and not to operate in the lowest operation voltage. After the fault is
cleared, the protective device can reset reliably. When the logic setting i.e.
[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] is set as “1”, it will be changed to phase-to-phase voltage. Please
refer to section 3.4.3.

5. V_ROV_VCE_BFP

It should make BFP sensitive enough to operate when there is an unsymmetrical fault occurring in
the end of the longest line and be greater than zero-sequence component of maximum unbalance
voltage in normal operation mode. When the logic setting i.e. [Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] is set as
“1”, it is invalid.

6. V_NegOV_VCE_BFP

It should make BFP sensitive enough to operate when there is an unsymmetrical fault occurring in
the end of the longest line and be greater than negative sequence component of maximum
unbalance voltage in normal operation mode.

7. En_BFP

It is logic setting used to enable or disable breaker failure protection remotely. The binary input
[EBI_BFP] is isolator link used to enable or disable breaker failure protection locally. Their relation
is “AND”.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 95

Chapter 7 Setting

8. I_OC_BFP_Fdrx/I_OC_BFP_BT

It should make BFP sensitive enough to operate when there is a fault occurring in end of feeder or
in LV side of transformer if this feeder is transformer bay. It should be greater than maximum load
in normal operation mode.

9. I_ROC_BFP_Fdrx/I_ROC_BFP_BT

It should make BFP sensitive enough to operate when there is a single-phase earth fault occurring
in end of line or in LV side of transformer if this feeder is transformer bay. It should be greater than
the maximum zero-sequence unbalance current in normal operation mode.

10. I_NegOC_BFP_Fdrx/I_NegOC_BFP_BT

It should make BFP sensitive enough to operate when there is a phase-to-phase fault occurring in
end of line or in LV side of transformer if this feeder is transformer bay. It should be greater than
the maximum negative sequence unbalance current in normal operation mode.

11. En_ROC_BFP_Fdrx/En_ROC_BFP_BT

If phase current setting of BFP can not avoid the influence of load current, it should be set as “1”.

12. En_NegOC_BFP_Fdrx/En_NegOC_BFP_BT

If phase current setting of BFP can not avoid the influence of load current and zero-sequence
current setting of BFP is not sensitive enough to meet the project requirement, it should be set as
“1”.

13. Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdrx/Disable_VCE_BFP_BT

When there is a fault occurring in LV side of transformer and breaker of HV side of transformer
fails to be tripped, the sensitivity of VCE for HV side busbar is probably not enough. In this case, it
should be set as “0” to disabled VCE of BFP.

7.4.3 Access path

MainMenupSETTINGSpBFP SETTINGSpCOMMON

MainMenupSETTINGSpBFP SETTINGSpFDR01~FDR18

MainMenupSETTINGSpBFP SETTINGSpBT

Note!

Because VCE of BFP is common for every feeder, the settings must be configured to
ensure it can pick up in maximum operation mode when there is a fault occurring in the
end of feeder.

96 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

The operator can access the protective device from the front panel. Local communication with the
protective device is possible using a computer with the RCSPC software via an RS232 port on the
front panel. Furthermore, remote communication is also possible using a PC with the RCS-9700
substation automation system via an RS485 port. The operator is able to check the protective
device status at any time.

This chapter describes human machine interface (HMI), and give the operator instructions about
how to display or print event report, setting and so on through HMI menu tree and display metering
value, including mean current, voltage and frequency etc. through LCD. At the same time how to
change active setting group or a settable parameter value through keypad is also described in
details.

8.1 Overview
The human-machine interface consists of a human-machine interface (HMI) module which allows
the communication to be as simple as possible for the user. The HMI module helps to draw your
attention to something that has occurred which may activate a LED or a report displayed on the
LCD. Operator can locate the data of interest by navigating through the keypad.

The HMI module includes:

1. LCD

A 240×128 dot matrix backlight LCD display is visible in dim lighting conditions. The corresponding
messages are displayed when there is operation implemented.

2. LED

10 indication LEDs

3. Keypad

Numeric keypad and command keys for full access to the relay

4. RS232

DB9 RS232 port for communication with a PC for local communication

5. Equipment type and name

6. Manufactory name

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 97

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

Figure 8.1-1 Front view of HMI

8.1.1 Keypad operation

P
GR
ESC

Figure 8.1-2 Keypad

Pressing any button in idle mode will activate the HMI display.

The “ESC” button mainly provides the following functions:

1. Cancel any operation in a dialogue window.

2. Exit the present level in the menu tree. This means, it cancels the present function or the
present menu selection and moves one step higher (back) in the menu tree.

The “ENT” button mainly provides an Enter/Execute function. It activates, for example, the
selected menu tree branch. Furthermore it is used to confirm settings and to acknowledge different
actions.

The “GRP” button mainly provides the function to change any active setting group.

98 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

The left and right arrow buttons (“◄” and “►”) mainly provides the following functions:

1. Position the cursor in a horizontal direction, for instance, to move between number digits
during the parameter setting.

2. Move between selectable branches of the menu tree. This function also scrolls the menu tree
when it contains more branches than shown on the display.

The up and down arrow buttons (“▲” and “▼”) mainly provides the following functions:

1. Position the cursor in a vertical direction, for instance, to move between digits in different
number during the parameter setting.

2. Move between leafs within the same menu branch.

The plus and minus button (“+” and “-”) mainly provides the following functions:

1. Change parameter values in a data window

2. Change number of report that wanted to be displayed or printed

Note!

Any settings change operation should complete with pressing “+”, “◄”, “▲” and “-” in
sequence as a password.

Any report deletion operation should executed by pressing “+”, “-”, “+”, “-” and “ENT” in
sequence.

8.1.2 LED indications

Figure 8.1-3 LED indications

LED Status
HEALTHY Green

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 99

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

CT/VT ALARM Yellow

DS ALARM Yellow
MISC ALARM Yellow
BBP TRIP BB1 Red
BBP TRIP BB2 Red
TRIP BC/BS Red
BFP TRIP BB1 Red
BFP TRIP BB2 Red
RE-TRIP Red
1. HEALTHY

When the equipment is out of service or any hardware error is defected during self-check, its
status is off. Its status is green when the equipment is in service.

2. CT/VT ALARM

When CT/VT circuit is under normal, its status is off. Its status is yellow when CT/VT circuit failure.

3. DS ALARM

When disconnector position is normal, its status is off. Its status is yellow when disconnector
position is abnormal. Please refer to section 3.5.

4. MISC ALARM

When the protective device is under normal condition, its status is off. Its status is yellow when
other abnormality occurs.

5. BBP TRIP BB1/BBP TRIP BB2

When the protective device is under normal condition, its status is off. Its status is red when busbar
differential protection operates to trip BB No.1 and BB No.2.

6. TRIP BC/BS

When the protective device is under normal condition, its status is off. Its status is red when
steady-stage percentage differential protection, BFP and BC/BS protection operates to trip BC/BS
breaker.

7. BFP TRIP BB1/BFP TRIP BB2

When the protective device is under normal condition, its status is off. Its status is red when BFP
operates to trip BB No.1 and BB No.2.

8. RE-TRIP

When the protective device is under normal condition, its status is off. Its status is red when BFP
operates to retrip target breaker.

Note!

The trip signal LEDs, “BBP TRIP BB1”, “BBP TRIP BB2”, “BFP TRIP BB1”, “BFP TRIP

100 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

BB2”, “TRIP BC/BS” and “RE-TRIP”, will be lighted once the corresponding protection
element operate and will remain on even if trip command has gone off. They can only be
reset by pressing the button “RESET”.

The alarm signal LED, “MISC ALARM”, will be lighted as long as alarm signal is present.
When the alarm signals disappear, it can be reset automatically. Exceptionally, if the LED
“MISC ALARM” is lighted due to CT circuit abnormality, it can be reset automatically if the
logic setting i.e. [En_AutoRecov_SensCTS] is set as “1”. Otherwise it can only be reset by
pressing the button “RESET” on the panel.

The alarm signal LED, “DS ALARM”, will be lighted as long as alarm signal is present. It
only can be reset by pressing the button “ISOLATOR POSITION CONFIRM” on the panel.
Please refer to section 3.5.

The alarm signal LED, “CT/VT ALARM”, will be lighted once CT/VT circuit failure is
detected. After CT/VT circuit returns into normal condition, it can be reset by pressing the
button “RESET” on the panel.

8.1.3 Communication port

Figure 8.1-4 Communication port

DB9 RS232 port for communication with a PC for local communication

8.2 Menu Tree

8.2.1 Overview

In order to enter the main menu, please press key “▲” or “ESC” under the default display condition.
If the current display is that of the latest report or self-supervision report, the operation step is the
same.

In the main menu, the highlighted submenu is active. If this is marked with ►, move cursor on it
and press key “►”, lower level submenu will open. Press key “◄” to return to upper level submenu.
Key “▲” or “▼” is used to scroll submenu in the main menu upward or downward cyclically. Please
use the keys “▲” and “▼” to scroll among the submenus, and then press key “ENT” to display the
chosen item. If you want to exit, please press key “ESC” to return to the submenu. Press key
“ESC” to return to default display with the cursor staying in the submenu or press key “◄” to return
to upper level submenu until back to main menu.

Please see the total command menu in Figure 8.2-1 which will be introduced in details.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 101

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

Main Menu
PRESENT WAVE

VALUES TRIGGER
DIFF CURR WAVE
CPU VALUES FDR01-03 WAVE

METERING FDR04-06 WAVE

FDR07-09 WAVE
BI STATE
FDR10-12 WAVE
DS BI FDR13-15 WAVE
BFI BI FDR16-18 WAVE
SETTINGS
MISC BI
EQUIP SETTINGS

DIFF CURR SYSTEM SETTINGS

PHASE ANGLE BBP SETTINGS

MON VALUES BFP SETTINS

METERING COMMON
FDR01
BI STATE
FDR02
DS BI
FDR03
BFI BI
FDR04
MISC BI
FDR05
FDR06
DIFF CURR FDR07

PHASE ANGLE FDR08

FDR09
REPORT
FDR10
TRIP REPORT FDR11
FDR12
ALARM REPORT
FDR13
BI CHG REPORT
FDR14
PRINT FDR15
FDR16
SETTINGS
FDR17
TRIP RECORD
FDR18

TRIP REPORT BT

DIFF CURR WAVE

FDR01-03 WAVE
FDR04-06 WAVE SETTINGS COPY
FDR07-09 WAVE
FDR10-12 WAVE
CLOCK
FDR13-15 WAVE
FDR16-18 WAVE VERSION

DEBUG

ALARM REPORT COMM STATUS

BI CHG REPORT METERING

PRESENT VALUES CPU DSP1

CPU DSP2
MON DSP1
MON DSP2

MEMORY IMAGE

Figure 8.2-1 Menu tree of RCS-915AS

102 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

8.2.2 Values
This menu is used to display real time AC voltage and AC current sampled value and binary inputs
of the protective device. These data reflect clearly operation condition of the protective device.
This menu comprises two submenus: CPU VALUES and MON VLAUES.

1. CPU VALUES

No. Item Description

Displaying sampling value of AC voltage and AC current in the
1 METERING
CPU module
2 BI STATE Displaying the status of binary input in the CPU module
3 DIFF CURR Displaying differential current calculated by CPU module
4 PHASE ANGLE Displaying phase angle of voltage and current in the CPU module

“BI STATE” including the following submenu

No. Item Description

1 DS BI Displaying binary input of disconnector position
2 BFI BI Displaying binary input of initiating BFP
3 MISC BI Displaying other binary inputs except for DS BI and BFI BI

2. MON VALUES

No. Item Description

Displaying sampling value of AC voltage and AC current in the
1 METERING
CPU module
2 BI STATE Displaying the status of binary input in the CPU module
3 DIFF CURR Displaying differential current calculated by CPU module
4 PHASE ANGLE Displaying phase angle of voltage and current in the CPU module

“BI STATE” including the following submenu

No. Item Description

1 DS BI Displaying binary input of disconnector position
2 BFI BI Displaying binary input of initiating BFP
3 MISC BI Displaying other binary inputs except for DS BI and BFI BI

8.2.3 Report
This menu displays fault report, self-supervision report and status change of binary input report.
The protective device can store 32 pieces of recorders for each kind of report in non-volatile
memory.

No. Item Description

1 TRIP REPORT Displaying tripping report

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 103

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

2 ALARM REPORT Displaying self-supervision report

3 BI CHG REPORT Displaying status change of binary input report

8.2.4 Print
This submenu is used to select settings, fault reports, self-supervision reports, status change of
binary input reports, present values or present waveform to print.

No. Item Description

1 Printing equipment parameter, system parameter, BBP settings
SETTINGS
and BFP settings
2 TRIP RECORD Printing tripping reports and fault waveforms
3 ALARM REORT Printing self-supervision reports
4 BI CHG REPORT Printing status change of binary input reports
5 PRESENT VALUES Printing sampling values of voltage and current
6 PRESENT WAVE Printing waveforms of present voltage and current

“TRIP RECORD” including the following submenu

No. Item Description

1 TRIP REPORT Printing tripping reports
2 DIFF CURR WAVE Printing waveforms of differential current
3 FDR01-03 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder01~feeder03)
4 FDR04-06 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder04~feeder05)
5 FDR07-09WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder06~feeder09)
6 FDR10-12 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder10~feeder12)
7 FDR13-15 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder13~feeder15)
8 FDR16-18 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder16~feeder18)

“PRESENT WAVE” including the following submenu

No. Item Description

1 TRIGGER Triggering to recorder waveform of present voltage and
current
2 DIFF CURR WAVE Printing waveforms of differential current
3 FDR01-03 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder01~feeder03)
4 FDR04-06 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder04~feeder05)
5 FDR07-09WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder06~feeder09)
6 FDR10-12 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder10~feeder12)
7 FDR13-15 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder13~feeder15)
8 FDR16-18 WAVE Printing waveforms of feeder current (feeder16~feeder18)

104 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

8.2.5 Settings
This submenu is used to browse, modify and set all settings including equipment parameter,
system parameter, BBP settings and BFP settings.

No. Item Description

1 EQUIP SETTINGS Equipment parameters
2 SYTEM SETTINGS System parameters
3 BBP SETTINGS Busbar protection settings
4 BFP SETTINGS Breaker failure protection settings
5 SETTINGS COPY Copying setting from one setting group to another

“BFP SETTINS” including the following submenu

No. Item Description

1 COMMON Common BFP settings
2 FDR01 BFP settings of feeder01
3 FDR02 BFP settings of feeder02
4 FDR03 BFP settings of feeder03
5 FDR04 BFP settings of feeder04
6 FDR05 BFP settings of feeder05
7 FDR06 BFP settings of feeder06
8 FDR07 BFP settings of feeder07
9 FDR08 BFP settings of feeder08
10 FDR09 BFP settings of feeder09
11 FDR10 BFP settings of feeder10
12 FDR11 BFP settings of feeder11
13 FDR12 BFP settings of feeder12
14 FDR13 BFP settings of feeder13
15 FDR14 BFP settings of feeder14
16 FDR15 BFP settings of feeder15
17 FDR16 BFP settings of feeder16
18 FDR17 BFP settings of feeder17
19 FDR18 BFP settings of feeder18
20 BT BFP settings of feeder substituted

8.2.6 Clock
The current time of internal clock can be viewed here. The time is displayed in the form
YY-MM-DD and hh:mm:ss. All values are presented with digits and can be modified.

8.2.7 Version
In this menu the LCD displays software information of CPU module, MON module and HMI
module, which consists of version, creating time of software, CRC codes and management
sequence number.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 105

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

8.2.8 Debug
“MEMORY IMAGE” is provided especially for software development, not for ordinary users.

No. Item Description

Monitor communication status of the equipment with external
1 COMM STATUS
PC or substation automation system
2 METERING Displaying realtime values calculated by RCS-915AS
Displaying realtime value in memory of MC68332, DSP1 and
3 MEMORY IMAGE
DSP2

“METERING” including the following submenu

No. Item Description

1 CPU DSP1 Displaying realtime values calculated of CPU DSP1
2 CPU DSP2 Displaying realtime values calculated of CPU DSP2
3 MON DSP1 Displaying realtime values calculated of MON DSP1
4 MON DSP2 Displaying realtime values calculated of MON DSP2

8.3 LCD Display

8.3.1 Initial interface
After the protective device is energized, LCD will display corresponding busbar arrangement
according to the different system topology if the protective device is under the normal condition.

1. Double busbar with double BS arrangement

915AS
2009-9-25 19:25:00
3.21
0.01A 0.01A 0.00A
0.01A 0.01A
0001
000
3
… 0017
0019

0021

0020

0.01A
0002 0004
… 0018

0.01A 0.02A 0.00A

U_BB1: 057.71V 057.74V 057.76V

U_BB2: 057.72V 057.73V 057.75V
Id_CZ: 000.01A 000.00A 000.01A

2. Single busbar mode

“SB” means single busbar mode is enabled.

106 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

915AS
2009-9-25 19:25:00 SB
3.21
0.01A 0.01A 0.00A
0.01A

0019
0001
000
3
… 0017

0020

0.01A
0002 0004
… 0018

0.01A 0.02A 0.00A

U_BB1: 057.71V 057.74V 057.76V

U_BB2: 057.72V 057.73V 057.75V
Id_CZ: 000.01A 000.00A 000.01A

3. BC breaker as a substitution of feeder breaker

“TF” means BC breaker is used as a substitution of feeder breaker.

915AS
2009-9-25 19:25:00 TF
3.21
0.01A 0.01A 0.00A 0.01A
0.01A
0001
000
3
… 0017 0021
0019

0020

0.01A
0002 0004
… 0018

0.01A 0.02A 0.00A

U_BB1: 057.71V 057.74V 057.76V

U_BB2: 057.72V 057.73V 057.75V
Id_CZ: 000.01A 000.00A 000.01A

Whether the CT correction coefficient [k_CT_Fdrx] (x=1~18) is setting as zero, determines

whether a feeder is displayed on the LCD. The number of feeder (consisted of 4 digits or
characters) and feeder current is shown in the side of the feeder. Three-phase voltage of BB No.1
and BB No.2 (U_BB1 and U_BB2), check zone differential current (Id_CZ), discriminative zone
differential current of BB No.1 and BB No.2 (Id_BB1 and Id_BB2) are showed under the system
topology alternately.

A block represents BC/BS breaker. If the block is black, it means BC/BS breaker is open. If the
block is blank, it means BC/BS closed.

If the protective device receives the signal of IRIG-B for time synchronization and can correctly
decode it, “IRIG-B” will be displayed on the top right corner of LCD. The active setting group will be
alternately displayed on the top left corner of LCD in the form of “Grp:x” (x=0~3).

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 107

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

If all feeders can not displayed in one page, the single line diagram will move automatically and
circularly from right to left if no key is pressed, and will move to left quickly by pressing key “◄”
continuously, move to right quickly by pressing key “►” continuously, and stand still by pressing
key “ENT” continuously.

8.3.2 Display tripping report

When RCS-915AS operates to send tripping signal, the LCD will display the report of the latest
tripping action. If more rows are needed to display the feeders being tripped, these rows will scroll
upward cyclically and a scroll bar will appear on the right side of them. A black mark on the scroll
bar shows relative position of the displayed row to total rows.

NO.002 Trip Report

2009 - 08 – 15 04 : 15 : 00 : 003

5ms AB Op_TrpBB1_DPFC_BBP

F01, F02, F03, F04

F05, F06, F07, F08
F09, F10, F11, F12
F13, F14, F15, F16
F17, F18, BC

When the protective device operates and abnormality is detected by self-supervision

simultaneously, both tripping report and self-supervision report will be displayed together as
follows.

Where:

No. Item Description

108 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

No. Item Description

1 No.002 Shows the number of the report
Shows the time when the fault detector element picks up
2 2009-08-15 04:15:00:003
(YYYY–MM-DD and HH:MM:SS: MSS)
3 5ms Shows relative operation time of the protection.
4 Op_TrpBB1_DPFC_BBP Shows protection element operating.
5 AB Faulty phase
6 F01~F18, BC The element tripped

All tripping information is listed in the following table:

No. Item Description

DPFC percentage differential protection operates to trip BB
1 Op_TrpBB1_DPFC_BBP
No.1.
DPFC percentage differential protection operates to trip BB
2 Op_TrpBB2_DPFC_BBP
No.2.
Steady-state percentage differential protection operates to
3 Op_TrpBB1_Pcnt_BBP
trip BB No.1.
Steady-state percentage differential protection operates to
4 Op_TrpBB2_Pcnt_BBP
trip BB No.2.
5 Op_SOTF_BC BC SOTF protection operates to trip BC breaker.
6 Op_OC_BC BC OC protection operates to trip BC breaker.
7 OP_TrpBB1_BFP BFP operates to trip BB No.1.
8 OP_TrpBB2_BFP BFP operates to trip BB No.2.
9 Op_ReTrp_BFP BFP operates to retrip target breaker.
10 Op_BFP_BC BC BFP operates.
11 Op_EFP_BC BC dead zone protection operates.
12 Op_PD_BC BC PD protection operates to trip BC breaker.
13 Op_TrpBC_BFP BFP operates to trip BC breaker.
Steady-state percentage differential protection operates to
14 Op_TrpBC_Pcnt_BBP
trip BC breaker.
Backup busbar differential protection operates to trip BB No.1
15 Op_Dly_Pcnt_BBP
and BB No.2.
Steady-state percentage differential protection operates to
16 Op_TrpBS1_Pcnt_BBP
trip BS1 breaker.
Steady-state percentage differential protection operates to
17 Op_TrpBS2_Pcnt_BBP
trip BS2 breaker.
18 Pkp_BFI_BS1 BS1 breaker failure initiation
19 Pkp_BFI_BS2 BS2 breaker failure initiation
20 Op_BFP_BS1 BS1 breaker failure protection operates.
21 Op_BFP_BS2 BS2 breaker failure protection operates.
22 Op_TrpBS1_BFP BFP operates to trip BS1 breaker.
23 Op_TrpBS2_BFP BFP operates to trip BS2 breaker.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 109

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

24 Op_SOTF_BS1 BS1 SOTF protection operates to trip BS1 breaker.

25 Op_SOTF_BS2 BS2 SOTF protection operates to trip BS2 breaker.
26 Op_OC_BS1 BS1 OC protection operates to trip BS1 breaker.
27 Op_OC_BS2 BS2 OC protection operates to trip BS2 breaker.
28 Op_PD_BS1 BS1 PD protection operates to trip BS1 breaker.
29 Op_PD_BS2 BS2 PD protection operates to trip BS2 breaker.

8.3.3 Display self-supervision report

When abnormality is detected, the LCD will display the self-supervision report immediately. A
typical self-supervision report is as follows. If more rows are needed to display the abnormality
description, these rows will scroll upward cyclically and a scroll bar will appear on the right side of
them. A black mark on the scroll bar shows relative position of the displayed row to total rows.

Where:

No. Item Description

1 No.001 Shows the number of the report
Shows the real time of the report (YYYY–MM-DD and
2 2009-08-15 04:15:04:001
HH:MM:SS: MSS)
3 Alm_DS Alarm information

All possible self-supervision information is listed in the following table:

No. Item Description

1 Alm_DS_Fdr01 Disconnector position of feeder01 is abnormal.
2 Alm_DS_Fdr02 Disconnector position of feeder02 is abnormal.
3 Alm_DS_Fdr03 Disconnector position of feeder03 is abnormal.
4 Alm_DS_Fdr04 Disconnector position of feeder04 is abnormal.
5 Alm_DS_Fdr05 Disconnector position of feeder05 is abnormal.
6 Alm_DS_Fdr06 Disconnector position of feeder06 is abnormal.
7 Alm_DS_Fdr07 Disconnector position of feeder07 is abnormal.

110 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

8 Alm_DS_Fdr08 Disconnector position of feeder08 is abnormal.

9 Alm_DS_Fdr09 Disconnector position of feeder09 is abnormal.
10 Alm_DS_Fdr10 Disconnector position of feeder10 is abnormal.
11 Alm_DS_Fdr11 Disconnector position of feeder11 is abnormal.
12 Alm_DS_Fdr12 Disconnector position of feeder12 is abnormal.
13 Alm_DS_Fdr13 Disconnector position of feeder13 is abnormal.
14 Alm_DS_Fdr14 Disconnector position of feeder14 is abnormal.
15 Alm_DS_Fdr15 Disconnector position of feeder15 is abnormal.
16 Alm_DS_Fdr16 Disconnector position of feeder16 is abnormal.
17 Alm_DS_Fdr17 Disconnector position of feeder17 is abnormal.
18 Alm_DS_Fdr18 Disconnector position of feeder18 is abnormal.
19 Alm_DS_BS1 Disconnector position of fBS1 is abnormal.
20 Alm_DS_BS2 Disconnector position of BS2 is abnormal.
21 Alm_DS_BT Disconnector position of feeder substituted is
abnormal.
22 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr01 CT circuit of feeder01 is abnormal.
23 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr02 CT circuit of feeder02 is abnormal.
24 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr03 CT circuit of feeder03 is abnormal.
25 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr04 CT circuit of feeder04 is abnormal.
26 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr05 CT circuit of feeder05 is abnormal.
27 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr06 CT circuit of feeder06 is abnormal.
28 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr07 CT circuit of feeder07 is abnormal.
29 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr08 CT circuit of feeder08 is abnormal.
30 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr09 CT circuit of feeder09 is abnormal.
31 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr10 CT circuit of feeder10 is abnormal.
32 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr11 CT circuit of feeder11 is abnormal.
33 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr12 CT circuit of feeder12 is abnormal.
34 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr13 CT circuit of feeder13 is abnormal.
35 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr14 CT circuit of feeder14 is abnormal.
36 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr15 CT circuit of feeder15 is abnormal.
37 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr16 CT circuit of feeder16 is abnormal.
38 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr17 CT circuit of feeder17 is abnormal.
39 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr18 CT circuit of feeder18 is abnormal.
40 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS1 CT circuit of BS1 is abnormal.
41 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS2 CT circuit of BS2 is abnormal.
42 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BC Secondary current of BC CT circuit is unbalanced.
43 Alm_Diff_SensCTS_BC BC CT circuit is abnormal
44 Alm_Diff_SensCTS_AnyFdr CT circuit of any feeder is abnormal
45 Alm_CTS_AnyFdr Feeder CT circuit is failure.
46 Alm_CTS_BC BC circuit is failure.
47 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd RAM of CPU module is damaged.
48 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd ROM of CPU module is damaged.
49 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd EEPROM of CPU module is damaged.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 111

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

50 Alm_InvalidSetting Settings of the active setting group are invalid.

51 Alm_ModifiedSetting Settings of the protective device is modified.
52 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto Power supply of opto-coupler is lost.
53 Alm_TripOutput The control chips of binary output circuit is
damaged
54 Alm_InnerComm Communication between CPU module and MON
module is failure.
55 Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB1 Voltage control element of BB No.1 operates.
56 Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB2 Voltage control element of BB No.1 operates.
57 Alm_BI_BFI_BC Binary input of initiating BC BFP externally is
energized and duration is greater than 10s.
58 Alm_BI_Blk_BBP Binary input of blocking BBP externally is
energized and duration is greater than 1s.
59 Alm_SensCTS CT circuit is abnormal.
60 Alm_DS Disconnector position is abnormal.
61 Alm_Setting_DSP_CPUBrd Settings in DSP of CPU module go wrong
62 Alm_CTS CT circuit is failure.
63 Alm_VTS_BB1 VT circuit of BB No.1 is failure.
64 Alm_VTS_BB2 VT circuit of BB No.2 is failure.
65 Alm_52b_BC 52b of BC breaker is energized but there is current
detected.
66 Alm_PersisFD_DSP1_CPUBrd Fault detector element in DSP1 of CPU module
operates continuously.
67 Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_CPUBrd Fault detector element in DSPs of CPU module
operates continuously.
68 Alm_DSP1_CPUBrd Failure in DSP1 of CPU module is detected.
69 Alm_DSP2_CPUBrd Failure in DSP2 of CPU module is detected.
70 Alm_FPGA_CPUBrd Failure in FPGA of CPU module is detected.
71 Alm_CPLD_CPUBrd Failure in CPLD of CPU module is detected.
72 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd Sampling value is different between CPU modules
and MON module.
73 Alm_BO_FD_MONBrd Fault detector element of CPU module doesn’t
operate but that of MON module operates
continuously.
74 Alm_RAM_MONBrd RAM of CPU module is damaged.
75 Alm_ROM_MONBrd ROM of CPU module is damaged.
76 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd EEPROM of CPU module is damaged.
77 Alm_DSP_MONBrd Failure in DSP of MON module is detected
78 Alm_PersisFD_DSP1_MONBrd Fault detector element in DSP1 of MON module
operates continuously.
79 Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_MONBrd Fault detector element in DSPs of MON module
operates continuously.
80 Alm_DSP1_MONBrd Failure in DSP1 of MON module is detected.

112 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

81 Alm_DSP2_MONBrd Failure in DSP2 of MON module is detected.

82 Alm_FPGA_MONBrd Failure in FPGA of MON module is detected.
83 Alm_CPLD_MONBrd Failure in CPLD of MON module is detected.

8.3.4 Display status change of binary input report

When status of binary input changes, the LCD will display corresponding report as follows. The
report will disappear automatically in 3 second and then LCD returns to the last display.

No. Item Description

1 No.001 Shows the number of the report
Shows the real time of the report (YYYY–MM-DD and
2 2009-08-15 04:15:04:001
HH:MM:SS: MSS)
3 EBI_BBP Shows the binary input which changes
4 0->1 Shows the binary input changes from 0 to 1

All possible binary inputs information is listed in the following table:

No. Item Description

1 BI_DSBB1_Fdr01 Disconnector position of feeder01 for BB No.1
2 BI_DSBB1_Fdr02 Disconnector position of feeder02 for BB No.1
3 BI_DSBB1_Fdr03 Disconnector position of feeder03 for BB No.1
4 BI_DSBB1_Fdr04 Disconnector position of feeder04 for BB No.1
5 BI_DSBB1_Fdr05 Disconnector position of feeder05 for BB No.1
6 BI_DSBB1_Fdr06 Disconnector position of feeder06 for BB No.1
7 BI_DSBB1_Fdr07 Disconnector position of feeder07 for BB No.1
8 BI_DSBB1_Fdr08 Disconnector position of feeder08 for BB No.1
9 BI_DSBB1_Fdr09 Disconnector position of feeder09 for BB No.1
10 BI_DSBB1_Fdr10 Disconnector position of feeder10 for BB No.1
11 BI_DSBB1_Fdr11 Disconnector position of feeder11 for BB No.1
12 BI_DSBB1_Fdr12 Disconnector position of feeder12 for BB No.1

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 113

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

13 BI_DSBB1_Fdr13 Disconnector position of feeder13 for BB No.1

14 BI_DSBB1_Fdr14 Disconnector position of feeder14 for BB No.1
15 BI_DSBB1_Fdr15 Disconnector position of feeder15 for BB No.1
16 BI_DSBB1_Fdr16 Disconnector position of feeder16 for BB No.1
17 BI_DSBB1_Fdr17 Disconnector position of feeder17 for BB No.1
18 BI_DSBB1_Fdr18 Disconnector position of feeder18 for BB No.1
19 BI_DSBB1_BS1 Disconnector position of BS1 for BB No.1
20 BI_DSBB1_BS2 Disconnector position of BS2 for BB No.1
21 BI_DSBB1_BT Disconnector position of feeder substituted for BB No.1
22 BI_DSBB2_Fdr01 Disconnector position of feeder01 for BB No.2
23 BI_DSBB2_Fdr02 Disconnector position of feeder02 for BB No.2
24 BI_DSBB2_Fdr03 Disconnector position of feeder03 for BB No.2
25 BI_DSBB2_Fdr04 Disconnector position of feeder04 for BB No.2
26 BI_DSBB2_Fdr05 Disconnector position of feeder05 for BB No.2
27 BI_DSBB2_Fdr06 Disconnector position of feeder06 for BB No.2
28 BI_DSBB2_Fdr07 Disconnector position of feeder07 for BB No.2
29 BI_DSBB2_Fdr08 Disconnector position of feeder08 for BB No.2
30 BI_DSBB2_Fdr09 Disconnector position of feeder09 for BB No.2
31 BI_DSBB2_Fdr10 Disconnector position of feeder10 for BB No.2
32 BI_DSBB2_Fdr11 Disconnector position of feeder11 for BB No.2
33 BI_DSBB2_Fdr12 Disconnector position of feeder12 for BB No.2
34 BI_DSBB2_Fdr13 Disconnector position of feeder13 for BB No.2
35 BI_DSBB2_Fdr14 Disconnector position of feeder14 for BB No.2
36 BI_DSBB2_Fdr15 Disconnector position of feeder15 for BB No.2
37 BI_DSBB2_Fdr16 Disconnector position of feeder16 for BB No.2
38 BI_DSBB2_Fdr17 Disconnector position of feeder17 for BB No.2
39 BI_DSBB2_Fdr18 Disconnector position of feeder18 for BB No.2
40 BI_DSBB2_BS1 Disconnector position of BS1 for BB No.2
41 BI_DSBB2_BS2 Disconnector position of BS2 for BB No.2
42 BI_DSBB2_BT Disconnector position of feeder substituted for BB No.2
43 BI_BFI_Fdr01 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder01 (Three-phase)
44 BI_C_BFI_Fdr02 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder02 (Phase C)
45 BI_B_BFI_Fdr02 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder02 (Phase B)
46 BI_A_BFI_Fdr02 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder02 (Phase A)
47 BI_C_BFI_Fdr03 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder03 (Phase C)
48 BI_B_BFI_Fdr03 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder03 (Phase B)
49 BI_A_BFI_Fdr03 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder03 (Phase A)
50 BI_C_BFI_Fdr04 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder04 (Phase C)
51 BI_B_BFI_Fdr04 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder04 (Phase B)
52 BI_A_BFI_Fdr04 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder04 (Phase A)
53 BI_C_BFI_Fdr05 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder05 (Phase C)
54 BI_B_BFI_Fdr05 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder05 (Phase B)
55 BI_A_BFI_Fdr05 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder05 (Phase A)

114 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

56 BI_BFI_Fdr06 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder06 (Three-phase)

57 BI_C_BFI_Fdr07 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder01 (Phase C)
58 BI_B_BFI_Fdr07 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder07 (Phase B)
59 BI_A_BFI_Fdr07 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder07 (Phase A)
60 BI_C_BFI_Fdr08 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder08 (Phase C)
61 BI_B_BFI_Fdr08 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder08 (Phase B)
62 BI_A_BFI_Fdr08 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder08 (Phase A)
63 BI_C_BFI_Fdr09 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder09 (Phase C)
64 BI_B_BFI_Fdr09 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder09 (Phase B)
65 BI_A_BFI_Fdr09 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder09 (Phase A)
66 BI_C_BFI_Fdr10 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder10 (Phase C)
67 BI_B_BFI_Fdr10 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder10 (Phase B)
68 BI_A_BFI_Fdr10 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder10 (Phase A)
69 BI_BFI_Fdr11 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder11 (Three-phase)
70 BI_C_BFI_Fdr12 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder12 (Phase C)
71 BI_B_BFI_Fdr12 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder12 (Phase B)
72 BI_A_BFI_Fdr12 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder12 (Phase A)
73 BI_C_BFI_Fdr13 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder13 (Phase C)
74 BI_B_BFI_Fdr13 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder13 (Phase B)
75 BI_A_BFI_Fdr13 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder13 (Phase A)
76 BI_C_BFI_Fdr14 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder14 (Phase C)
77 BI_B_BFI_Fdr14 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder14 (Phase B)
78 BI_A_BFI_Fdr14 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder14 (Phase A)
79 BI_C_BFI_Fdr15 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder15 (Phase C)
80 BI_B_BFI_Fdr15 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder15 (Phase B)
81 BI_A_BFI_Fdr15 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder15 (Phase A)
82 BI_BFI_Fdr16 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder16 (Three-phase)
83 BI_C_BFI_Fdr17 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder17 (Phase C)
84 BI_B_BFI_Fdr17 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder17 (Phase B)
85 BI_A_BFI_Fdr17 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder17 (Phase A)
86 BI_C_BFI_Fdr18 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder18 (Phase C)
87 BI_B_BFI_Fdr18 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder18 (Phase B)
88 BI_A_BFI_Fdr18 Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder18 (Phase A)
89 BI_BFI_BS1 Binary input for initiating BFP of BS1
90 BI_BFI_BS2 Binary input for initiating BFP of BS2
Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder substituted (Phase
91 BI_C_BFI_BT
C)
Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder substituted (Phase
92 BI_B_BFI_BT
B)
Binary input for initiating BFP of feeder substituted (Phase
93 BI_A_BFI_BT
A)
94 BI_Chk_BFI Binary input of initiating BFP (Common)
95 EBI_BFP Enable breaker failure protection

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 115

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

96 EBI_BBP Enable busbar differential protection

97 EBI_SOTF_BC Enable BC SOTF protection
98 EBI_OC_BC Enable BC OC protection
99 EBI_PD_BC Enable BC PD protection
100 EBI_SOTF_BS1 Enable BS1 SOTF protection
101 EBI_SOTF_BS2 Enable BS2 SOTF protection
102 BI_52b_BC Normally closed contact of BC breaker
103 BI_PD_BC Pole discrepancy contact of BC breaker
Blocking communication between equipment with the SAS
104 EBI_BlkMoniComm
system
105 BI_ConfirmDS Confirm disconnector position
When the power supply of all opto-coupler circuits are in
106 BI_PS_Opto
normal condition after relay is energized, its status is "1"
107 EBI_IntLink_Mode Enable single busbar mode
108 EBI_VT_BB1 Enable VT of BB No.1
109 EBI_VT_BB2 Enable VT of BB No.2
110 BI_52b_BS1 Normally closed contact of BS1 breaker
111 BI_52b_BS2 Normally closed contact of BS2 breaker
112 BI_PD_BS1 Pole discrepancy contact of BS1 breaker
113 BI_PD_BS2 Pole discrepancy contact of BS2 breaker
114 EBI_OC_BS1 Enable BS1 OC protection
115 EBI_OC_BS2 Enable BS2 SOTF protection
116 EBI_PD_BS1 Enable BS1 PD protection
117 EBI_PD_BS2 Enable BS2 PD protection
118 EBI_BC_As_BT_Mode Enable BC breaker as a substitution of feeder breaker
Reverse CT polarity of BC while BC breaker as a
119 EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT
substitution of feeder breaker
120 BI_Blk_BBP Blocking BBP externally
121 BI_Disable_VCE_BFP Releasing blocking of BFP by VCE
122 BI_BFI_BC Binary input of initiating bus coupler 2 BFP
123 BI_Chk_BFI_BC Binary input of initiating bus coupler BFP (Common)
Virtual binary input/output of showing that fault detector of
124 FD_MONBrd
MON picks up.
Virtual binary input/output of showing that fault detector of
125 Healthy_MONBrd
MON is healthy
126 BI_Print Trigger printing report
127 BI_ ResetTarget Initiating reset of latching signal and LCD displaying

8.3.5 View settings

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “SETTINGS” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then

116 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

pressing key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select among “EQUIP SETTINGS”, “SYSTEM SETTINGS”, “BBP
SETTINGS” and “BFP SETTINGS” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT” to
enter it. Simply press “ESC” to return into upper menu.

4. Press key “▲” or “▼” to locate the cursor into the interested setting.

8.3.6 View values

Analog quantity, binary input and communication status can all be viewed. These quantities of
DSP module and MON module should be checked at the same time and they should be ensured
be the same between CPU module and MON module.

8.3.6.1 View analog quantity

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “VALUES” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then
pressing key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select between “CPU VALUES” and “MON VALUES” by scrolling the
cursor downward. Press key “ENT” or “►” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” or “◄” to return into
upper menu.

4. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select “METERING” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key
“ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” to return into upper menu.

5. Press key “▲” or “▼” to locate the cursor into the interested item.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 117

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

METERING

U_BB1: 057.71 057.73 057.76 V

U_BB2: 057.72 057.69 057.75 V

I_BC: 002.10 002.02 002.30 A

I_Fdr01: 001.10 001.02 001.30 A

I_Fdr01: 002.10 002.02 002.30 A

I_Fdr01: 001.10 001.02 001.30 A

I_Fdr01: 000.00 000.01 000.01 A

I_Fdr01: 000.00 000.00 000.00 A

8.3.6.2 View binary input

Binary inputs include disconnector position contacts, initiating contact of BFP and other binary
inputs.

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “VALUES” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then
pressing key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select between “CPU VALUES” and “MON VALUES” by scrolling the
cursor downward. Press key “ENT” or “►” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” or “◄” to return into
upper menu.

4. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select “BI STATE” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT”
or “►” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” or “◄” to return into upper menu.

5. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select among “DS BI”, “BFI BI” and “MISC BI” by scrolling the cursor
downward. Press key “ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” to return into upper menu.

6. Press key “▲” or “▼” to locate the cursor into the interested binary input.

118 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

8.3.6.3 View communication status

Communication status between the protective device and external PC or SAS via RS-485 serial
port can be viewed on the LCD.

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “DEBUG” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then
pressing key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select “COMM STATUS” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key
“ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” to return into upper menu.

COMM STATUS

COM1 COM2

Data_Received: Y Y

Frame_Valid: Y Y

Address_Valid: Y Y

Data_Sent: Y Y

Where:

No. Item Description

1 COM1 Shows the first serial port communicating with SAS
2 COM2 Shows the second serial port communicating with SAS

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 119

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

No. Item Description

3 Data_Received shows whether COM1 port and COM2 have received data
shows whether COM1 port and COM2 have received
4 Frame_Valid
completed frame
shows whether COM1 port and COM2 port have received
5 Address_Valid
related address message
6 Data_Sent shows whether COM1 port and COM2 port has sent data

“Y” means that communication is normal. “N” means that communication is abnormal.

8.3.6.4 View debug data

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “DEBUG” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then
pressing key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select “METERING” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key
“ENT” or “►” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” or “◄” to return into upper menu.

4. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select among “CPU DSP1”, “CPU DSP2”, “MON DSP1” and “MON
DSP2” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” to
return into upper menu.

5. Press key “▲” or “▼” to locate the cursor into the interested item.

8.3.7 View reports

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “REPORT” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then
pressing key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

120 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select among “TRIP REPORT”, “ALARM REPORT” and “BI CHG
REPORT” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC”
to return into upper menu.

4. Press key “▲” or “▼” to locate the cursor into the interested report.

The latest report will be displayed first. Press key “+” or “-” to view the next or last report. If the
report cannot be completely displayed by one screen, key “▲” or “▼” can be used to scroll it. If
there is no report stored LCD will display “No Trip Report” or “No Alarm Report” or “No BI Change
Report”.

8.3.8 Print reports and waveforms

8.3.8.1 Print reports

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “PRINT” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then pressing
key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select among “TRIP RECORD”, “ALARM REPORT” and “BI CHG
REPORT” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC”
to return into upper menu.

4. Press key “+” or “-” to select the interested report to print.

In the “PRINT” menu, settings, current and phase angle of feeder01~feeder18, differential current
and binary input are also printed through selecting corresponding submenu “SETTINGS” and
“PRESENT VALUES”.

8.3.8.2 Print fault waveforms

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “PRINT” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then pressing
key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select “TRIP RECORD” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key
“ENT” or “►” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” or “◄” to return into upper menu.

4. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select among “DIFF CURR WAVE”, “FDR01-03 WAVE”, “FDR04-06
WAVE”, “FDR07-09 WAVE”, “FDR10-12 WAVE” , “FDR13-15 WAVE” and “FDR16-18 WAVE”
by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” to return
into upper menu.

5. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select the interested report to print.

8.3.8.3 Present waveforms

Operation step:

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 121

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “PRINT” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then pressing
key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select “PRESENT WAVE” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press
key “ENT” or “►” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” or “◄” to return into upper menu.

4. Press key “▼” to select “TRIGGER” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT” to
trigger recording present waveform.

5. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select among “DIFF CURR WAVE”, “FDR01-03 WAVE”, “FDR04-06
WAVE”, “FDR07-09 WAVE”, “FDR10-12 WAVE” , “FDR13-15 WAVE” and “FDR16-18 WAVE”
by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” to return
into upper menu.

6. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select the interested report to print.

8.3.9 View version

The program version has three parts: CPU program version, MON program version and HMI
program version.

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “VERSION” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then
pressing key “ENT” will enter the submenu.

Where:

No. Item Description

1 CPUBrd/MONBrd/HMI CPU module, MON module and HMI module
2 3.21 Software version
3 E67A0D59/4334E979/4092 CRC

122 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

No. Item Description

4 2009-08-15 13:52/2009-08-17 Creating time
Shows management sequential number of the
5 SUBQ_ID:00057762
software.
6 T-090675 Project number

Note!

All interface displayers are only an example for reference. Taking real interface displayers
prevail.

8.4 Keypad Operation

8.4.1 Modify settings
Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “SETTINGS” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then
pressing key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select among “EQUIP SETTINGS”, “SYSTEM SETTINGS”, “BBP
SETTINGS” and “BFP SETTINGS” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press key “ENT” to
enter it. Simply press “ESC” to return into upper menu.

4. Press key “▲” or “▼” to locate the cursor into the interested setting.

5. Press key “◄” or “►” to move the cursor to the digit to be modified. Pressing key “+” and “–”
to change the digit. Press key “+” once to add 1 to the digit and press key “–” once to subtract
1 from the digit.

6. Press key “ESC” to cancel the modification and return to upper submenu. Press key “ENT” to
confirm the modification and the LCD will prompt you to input password.

7. Press keys “+”, “◄”, “▲” and “–” in sequence to complete the modification; If the password
input is wrong, prompt for password will appear again. If no operation in 3 seconds, LCD will
return to last display.

If the password inputted is right, then protective device will check setting and “Checking settings”
will be displayed temporarily. If there is no error in checking setting, RCS-915AS will modify setting
with “Modifying settings” displayed temporarily. Then LCD will return to upper menu
automatically.

If one or some settings input are detected to be off-limits, the LCD will display wrong setting
warning for 3s. And then the cursor will locate where the first wrong setting is.

Note!

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 123

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

If the group number or protection system parameter is changed, settings of busbar

differential protection and breaker failure protection will be invalid and have to be
configured again even if they need not to change.

8.4.2 Copy settings

The relay stores four setting groups and with the number from 0 to 3. Only present setting group is
active, others are provided for other operating conditions. The system settings and equipment
settings are common among four setting groups, but the protection settings are independent.
Generally the equipment is delivered with default settings stored in active setting Group 0. The
contents of other setting groups may be invalid. Therefore after application-specific settings for
Group 0 have been ready, it is necessary to copy settings of Group 0 to all the other setting groups,
and make modification afterwards wherever necessary, so as to avoid entering all settings one by
one.

Operation step:

1. Press “▲” enters the main menu at first.

2. Press key “▼” to select the item “SETTINGS” by scrolling the cursor downward, and then
pressing key “ENT” or “►” will enter the submenu.

3. Press key “▲” or “▼” to select “SETTINGS COPY” by scrolling the cursor downward. Press
key “ENT” to enter it. Simply press “ESC” to return into upper menu.

4. Press key “+” and “–” to change digit where the cursor stays. Pressing key “+” once will add 1
to the digit and pressing key “–“once will subtract 1 from the digit.

5. Press “ENT” the LCD will prompt to input password. Press keys “+”, “◄”, “▲” and “–” in
sequence, and then the protective device will copy setting and “Copying Settings” will be
displayed.

Then the contents of setting Group 0 will be totally copied to setting Group 1 and present active
setting group will be switched to Group1.

124 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

8.4.3 Switch active setting group

Sometimes it is necessary to switch active setting group to fit the different operating conditions.

Operation step:

1. Press key “GRP” to display the following interface to switch active setting group.

2. Press key “+” and “–” to change digit where the cursor stays. Pressing key “+” once will add 1
to the digit and pressing key “–“once will subtract 1 from the digit.

3. Press “ENT” to confirm “Changing Settings group” and press “ESC” to exit.

4. Press “ENT” the LCD will prompt to input password. Press keys “+”, “◄”, “▲” and “–” in
sequence.

If the new active setting group is valid, LCD will display busbar configuration diagram; otherwise
“Alm_InvalidSetting” will display following interface and LED “HEALTHY” will be turned off.

8.4.4 Delete reports

The fault records and event records can be deleted, but which records will be deleted is not

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 125

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

selected.

Operation step:

1. Press key “▲” to enter the main menu at first

2. Press keys “+”, “-”, “+”, “-” and “ENT” in sequence

3. Press key “ENT” to delete all records or press key “ESC” to exit to main menu. If key “ENT” is
pressed, “Clearing reports” will be displayed.

Note!

Once reports are deleted, they will not be restored. Thus, before implementing the
operation, it is necessary to check carefully.

8.4.5 Adjust clock

Operation step:

1. Press key “▲” to enter the main menu at first.

2. Move cursor to the item “CLOCK” and press key “ENT” to display the following interface.

3. Press keys “▲”, “▼”, “◄” and “►” to select the digit to be modified. Pressing key “+” and “-” to
modify data; Pressing key “ESC” to return without modification. Pressing key “ENT” to confirm
the modification and return to main menu.

126 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

CLOCK

DATA: -06-25

TIME: 09:08:39

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 127

Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

128 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

Chapter 9 Communication

9.1 Overview
This section outlines the remote communications interfaces of NR Relays. The protective device
supports a choice of three protocols via the rear communication interface (RS-485), selected via
the model number by setting. The protocol provided by the protective device is indicated in the
submenu in the “EQUIP SETTINGS” column. Using the keypad and LCD, set the parameter
[Protocol], the corresponding protocol will be selected.

The rear EIA RS-485 interface is isolated and is suitable for permanent connection of whichever
protocol is selected. The advantage of this type of connection is that up to 32 protective devices
can be “DAISY chained” together using a simple twisted pair electrical connection.

It should be noted that the descriptions contained within this section do not aim to fully detail the
protocol itself. The relevant documentation for the protocol should be referred to for this
information. This section serves to describe the specific implementation of the protocol in the relay.

9.2 Rear Communication Port Information

9.2.1 RS-485 Interface
This protective device provides two rear RS-485 communication ports, and each port has three
terminals in the 12-terminal screw connector located on the back of the relay and each port has a
ground terminal for the earth shield of the communication cable. The rear ports provide RS-485
serial data communication and are intended for use with a permanently wired connection to a
remote control center.

9.2.1.1 EIA RS-485 Standardized Bus

The EIA RS-485 two-wire connection provides a half-duplex fully isolated serial connection to the
product. The connection is polarized and whilst the product’s connection diagrams indicate the
polarization of the connection terminals it should be borne in mind that there is no agreed
definition of which terminal is which. If the master is unable to communicate with the product, and
the communication parameters match, then it is possible that the two-wire connection is reversed.

9.2.1.2 Bus Termination

The EIA RS-485 bus must have 120Ω (Ohm) ½ Watt terminating resistors fitted at either end
across the signal wires (refer to Figure 9.2-1). Some devices may be able to provide the bus
terminating resistors by different connection or configuration arrangements, in which case
separate external components will not be required. However, this product does not provide such a
facility, so if it is located at the bus terminus then an external termination resistor will be required.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 129

Chapter 9 Communication

Figure 9.2-1 EIA RS-485 bus connection arrangements

9.2.1.3 Bus Connections & Topologies

The EIA RS-485 standard requires that each device is directly connected to the physical cable that
is the communications bus. Stubs and tees are expressly forbidden, such as star topologies. Loop
bus topologies are not part of the EIA RS-485 standard and are forbidden by it also.

Two-core screened cable is recommended. The specification of the cable will be dependent on the
application, although a multi-strand 0.5mm2 per core is normally adequate. Total cable length must
not exceed 500m. The screen must be continuous and connected to ground at one end, normally
at the master connection point; it is important to avoid circulating currents, especially when the
cable runs between buildings, for both safety and noise reasons.

This product does not provide a signal ground connection. If a signal ground connection is present
in the bus cable then it must be ignored, although it must have continuity for the benefit of other
devices connected to the bus. At no stage must the signal ground be connected to the cables
screen or to the product’s chassis. This is for both safety and noise reasons.

9.2.1.4 Biasing

It may also be necessary to bias the signal wires to prevent jabber. Jabber occurs when the signal
level has an indeterminate state because the bus is not being actively driven. This can occur when
all the slaves are in receive mode and the master is slow to turn from receive mode to transmit
mode. This may be because the master purposefully waits in receive mode, or even in a high
impedance state, until it has something to transmit. Jabber causes the receiving device(s) to miss
the first bits of the first character in the packet, which results in the slave rejecting the message
and consequentially not responding. Symptoms of these are poor response times (due to retries),
increasing message error counters, erratic communications, and even a complete failure to
communicate.

Biasing requires that the signal lines be weakly pulled to a defined voltage level of about 1V. There
should only be one bias point on the bus, which is best situated at the master connection point.
The DC source used for the bias must be clean; otherwise noise will be injected. Note that some
devices may (optionally) be able to provide the bus bias, in which case external components will
not be required.

Note!

130 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

It is extremely important that the 120Ω termination resistors are fitted. Failure to do so will
result in an excessive bias voltage that may damage the devices connected to the bus.

As the field voltage is much higher than that required, NARI-RELAYS cannot assume
responsibility for any damage that may occur to a device connected to the network as a
result of incorrect application of this voltage.

Ensure that the field voltage is not being used for other purposes (i.e. powering logic inputs)
as this may cause noise to be passed to the communication network.

9.2.2 Ethernet Interface

This protective device can not provide Ethernet interface directly. Ethernet interface is available
through external transfer device.

9.2.3 IEC60870-5-103 Communication

The IEC specification IEC60870-5-103: Telecontrol Equipment and Systems, Part 5: Transmission
Protocols Section 103 defines the use of standards IEC60870-5-1 to IEC60870-5-5 to perform
communication with protective device. The standard configuration for the IEC60870-5-103
protocol is to use a twisted pair EIA RS-485 connection over distances up to 500m. It also supports
to use an Ethernet connection. The relay operates as a slave in the system, responding to
commands from a master station.

To use the rear port with IEC60870-5-103 communication, the relevant settings of the protective
device must be configured. To do this use the keypad and LCD user interface. In the submenu
“EQUIP SETTINGS”, set the parameters “Protocol” as “0”, “COM1_Baud” and “COM2_Baud” as
“9600”.

9.3 IEC60870-5-103 Interface over Serial Port

The IEC60870-5-103 interface over serial port (RS-485) is a master/slave interface with the
protective device as the slave device. It is properly developed by NARI-RELAYS.

The protective device conforms to compatibility level 2; compatibility level 3 is not supported.

The following IEC60870-5-103 facilities are supported by this interface:

„ Initialization (reset)

„ Time synchronization

„ Event record extraction

„ General interrogation

„ General commands

„ Disturbance records

9.3.1 Physical Connection and Link Layer

Two EIA RS-485 standardized ports are available for IEC60870-5-103 in this protective device.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 131

Chapter 9 Communication

The transmission speed is optional: 4800 bit/s, 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s.

The link layer strictly abides by the rules defined in the IEC60870-5-103.

9.3.2 Initialization
Whenever the protective device has been powered up, or if the communication parameters have
been changed, a reset command is required to initialize the communications. The protective
device will respond to either of the two reset commands (Reset CU or Reset FCB), the difference
is that the Reset CU will clear any unsent messages in the transmit buffer.

The protective device will respond to the reset command with an identification message ASDU 5,
the COT (Cause Of Transmission) of this response will be either Reset CU or Reset FCB
depending on the nature of the reset command.

9.3.3 Time Synchronization

The protective device time and date can be set using the time synchronization feature of the
IEC60870-5-103 protocol. The protective device will correct for the transmission delay as specified
in IEC60870-5-103. If the time synchronization message is sent as a send/confirm message then
the protective device will respond with a confirmation. Whether the time-synchronization message
is sent as a send confirmation or a broadcast (send/no reply) message, a time synchronization
class 1 event will be generated/produced.

If the protective device clock is synchronized using the IRIG-B input then it will not be possible to
set the protective device time using the IEC60870-5-103 interface. An attempt to set the time via
the interface will cause the protective device to create an event with the current date and time
taken from the IRIG-B synchronized internal clock.

9.3.4 Spontaneous Events

Events are categorized using the following information:

„ Type identification (TYP)

„ Function type (FUN)

„ Information number (INF)

The following table contains a complete listing of all events produced by the protective device. For
the details about these events.

1. Sent by ASDU1 (time-tagged message)

FUN INF Item FUN INF Item

210 38 Alm_DS_Fdr01 213 57 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr15
210 39 Alm_DS_Fdr02 213 58 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr16
210 40 Alm_DS_Fdr03 213 59 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr17
210 41 Alm_DS_Fdr04 213 60 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr18
210 42 Alm_DS_Fdr05 213 67 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS1
210 43 Alm_DS_Fdr06 213 68 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS2

132 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

210 44 Alm_DS_Fdr07 213 63 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BC

210 45 Alm_DS_Fdr08 212 206 Alm_Diff_SensCTS_BC
210 46 Alm_DS_Fdr09 213 66 Alm_Diff_SensCTS_AnyFdr
210 47 Alm_DS_Fdr10 213 64 Alm_CTS_AnyFdr
210 48 Alm_DS_Fdr11 210 103 Alm_CTS_BC
210 49 Alm_DS_Fdr12 210 194 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
210 50 Alm_DS_Fdr13 210 195 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
210 51 Alm_DS_Fdr14 210 196 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
210 52 Alm_DS_Fdr15 210 104 Alm_InvalidSetting
210 53 Alm_DS_Fdr16 210 81 Alm_ModifiedSetting
210 54 Alm_DS_Fdr17 210 202 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
210 55 Alm_DS_Fdr18 210 201 Alm_TripOutput
213 4 Alm_DS_BS1 210 211 Alm_InnerComm
213 5 Alm_DS_BS2 211 135 Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB1
213 14 Alm_DS_BT 211 136 Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB2
213 43 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr01 211 244 Alm_BI_BFI_BC
213 44 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr02 211 254 Alm_BI_Blk_BBP
213 45 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr03 211 237 Alm_SensCTS
213 46 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr04 210 209 Alm_DS
213 47 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr05 210 82 Alm_Setting_DSP_CPUBrd
213 48 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr06 210 206 Alm_CTS
213 49 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr07 210 231 Alm_VTS_BB1
213 50 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr08 210 232 Alm_VTS_BB2
213 51 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr09 210 210 Alm_52b_BC
213 52 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr10 210 214 Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
213 53 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr11 211 242 Alm_FPGA_CPUBrd
213 54 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr12 211 243 Alm_CPLD_CPUBrd
213 55 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr13 213 65 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
213 56 Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr14 212 243 Alm_BO_FD_MONBrd

2. Sent by ASDU1 (time-tagged message).

FUN INF Item FUN INF Item

210 83 BI_DSBB1_Fdr01 210 244 BI_B_BFI_Fdr09
210 84 BI_DSBB1_Fdr02 210 245 BI_C_BFI_Fdr09
210 85 BI_DSBB1_Fdr03 210 159 BI_A_BFI_Fdr10
210 86 BI_DSBB1_Fdr04 210 166 BI_B_BFI_Fdr10
210 87 BI_DSBB1_Fdr05 210 167 BI_C_BFI_Fdr10
210 88 BI_DSBB1_Fdr06 210 168 BI_BFI_Fdr11
210 89 BI_DSBB1_Fdr07 210 169 BI_A_BFI_Fdr12
210 90 BI_DSBB1_Fdr08 210 170 BI_B_BFI_Fdr12
210 91 BI_DSBB1_Fdr09 210 171 BI_C_BFI_Fdr12
210 92 BI_DSBB1_Fdr10 210 172 BI_A_BFI_Fdr13
210 93 BI_DSBB1_Fdr11 210 173 BI_B_BFI_Fdr13

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 133

Chapter 9 Communication

210 94 BI_DSBB1_Fdr12 210 174 BI_C_BFI_Fdr13

210 95 BI_DSBB1_Fdr13 210 175 BI_A_BFI_Fdr14
210 96 BI_DSBB1_Fdr14 210 176 BI_B_BFI_Fdr14
210 97 BI_DSBB1_Fdr15 210 177 BI_C_BFI_Fdr14
210 98 BI_DSBB1_Fdr16 210 178 BI_A_BFI_Fdr15
210 99 BI_DSBB1_Fdr17 210 179 BI_B_BFI_Fdr15
210 100 BI_DSBB1_Fdr18 210 180 BI_C_BFI_Fdr15
212 213 BI_DSBB1_BS1 210 181 BI_BFI_Fdr16
212 214 BI_DSBB1_BS2 210 182 BI_A_BFI_Fdr17
213 6 BI_DSBB1_BT 210 183 BI_B_BFI_Fdr17
210 105 BI_DSBB2_Fdr01 210 184 BI_C_BFI_Fdr17
210 106 BI_DSBB2_Fdr02 210 185 BI_A_BFI_Fdr18
210 107 BI_DSBB2_Fdr03 210 186 BI_B_BFI_Fdr18
210 108 BI_DSBB2_Fdr04 210 187 BI_C_BFI_Fdr18
210 109 BI_DSBB2_Fdr05 212 207 BI_A_BFI_BS1
210 110 BI_DSBB2_Fdr06 212 208 BI_B_BFI_BS1
210 111 BI_DSBB2_Fdr07 212 209 BI_C_BFI_BS1
210 112 BI_DSBB2_Fdr08 212 210 BI_A_BFI_BS2
210 113 BI_DSBB2_Fdr09 212 211 BI_B_BFI_BS2
210 114 BI_DSBB2_Fdr10 212 212 BI_C_BFI_BS2
210 115 BI_DSBB2_Fdr11 211 238 BI_A_BFI_BT
210 116 BI_DSBB2_Fdr12 211 239 BI_B_BFI_BT
210 117 BI_DSBB2_Fdr13 211 240 BI_C_BFI_BT
210 118 BI_DSBB2_Fdr14 210 246 EBI_BFP
210 119 BI_DSBB2_Fdr15 210 3 EBI_BBP
210 120 BI_DSBB2_Fdr16 210 5 EBI_SOTF_BC
210 121 BI_DSBB2_Fdr17 210 6 EBI_OC_BC
210 122 BI_DSBB2_Fdr18 213 8 EBI_PD_BC
212 215 BI_DSBB2_BS1 212 140 EBI_SOTF_BS1
212 216 BI_DSBB2_BS2 212 141 EBI_SOTF_BS2
213 7 BI_DSBB2_BT 210 9 BI_52b_BC
210 129 BI_BFI_Fdr01 213 9 BI_PD_BC
210 130 BI_A_BFI_Fdr02 211 249 EBI_BlkMoniComm
210 131 BI_B_BFI_Fdr02 210 248 BI_ConfirmDS
210 132 BI_C_BFI_Fdr02 210 4 EBI_IntLink_Mode
210 133 BI_A_BFI_Fdr03 210 7 EBI_VT_BB1
210 134 BI_B_BFI_Fdr03 210 8 EBI_VT_BB2
210 135 BI_C_BFI_Fdr03 212 142 BI_52b_BS1
210 136 BI_A_BFI_Fdr04 212 143 BI_52b_BS2
210 137 BI_B_BFI_Fdr04 212 144 BI_PD_BS1
210 138 BI_C_BFI_Fdr04 212 145 BI_PD_BS2
210 139 BI_A_BFI_Fdr05 212 146 EBI_OC_BS1
210 140 BI_B_BFI_Fdr05 212 147 EBI_OC_BS2

134 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

210 141 BI_C_BFI_Fdr05 212 148 EBI_PD_BS1

211 122 BI_Chk_BFI 212 149 EBI_PD_BS2
210 142 BI_BFI_Fdr06 210 15 EBI_BC_As_BT_Mode
210 143 BI_A_BFI_Fdr07 211 124 EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT
210 144 BI_B_BFI_Fdr07 211 20 BI_Blk_BBP
210 145 BI_C_BFI_Fdr07 211 138 BI_Disable_VCE_BFP
210 146 BI_A_BFI_Fdr08 211 241 BI_BFI_BC
210 147 BI_B_BFI_Fdr08 212 200 BI_Chk_BFI_BC
210 148 BI_C_BFI_Fdr08 210 125 FD_MONBrd
210 243 BI_A_BFI_Fdr09

3. Sent by ASDU2 (time-tagged message with relative time)

FUN INF Item FUN INF Item

211 245 Op_TrpBB1_DPFC_BBP 212 155 Op_PD_BS2
211 246 Op_TrpBB2_DPFC_BBP 210 69 Trip A
210 153 Op_TrpBB1_Pcnt_BBP 210 70 Trip B
210 154 Op_TrpBB2_Pcnt_BBP 210 71 Trip C
210 158 Op_SOTF_BC 210 26 F09
210 157 Op_OC_BC 210 27 F10
211 116 Op_TrpBB1_BFP 210 28 F11
211 117 Op_TrpBB2_BFP 210 29 F12
210 16 Op_ReTrp_BFP 210 30 F13
210 163 Op_BFP_BC 210 31 F14
210 10 Op_EFP_BC 210 32 F15
213 10 Op_PD_BC 210 33 F16
210 12 Op_TrpBC_BFP 210 17 F01
210 11 Op_TrpBC_Pcnt_BBP 210 18 F02
210 14 Op_Dly_Pcnt_BBP 210 19 F03
213 13 Op_TrpBS1_Pcnt_BBP 210 21 F04
211 15 Op_TrpBS2_Pcnt_BBP 210 22 F05
212 201 Pkp_BFI_BS1 210 23 F06
212 202 Pkp_BFI_BS2 210 24 F07
213 11 Op_BFP_BS1 210 25 F08
212 203 Op_BFP_BS2 210 34 F17
213 12 Op_TrpBS1_BFP 210 35 F18
212 204 Op_TrpBS2_BFP 212 246 BS1
212 150 Op_SOTF_BS1 212 247 BS2
212 151 Op_SOTF_BS2 212 249 BT
212 152 Op_OC_BS1 211 183 BC
212 153 Op_OC_BS2 212 248 ReBT
212 154 Op_PD_BS1

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 135

Chapter 9 Communication

9.3.5 General Interrogation

The GI can be used to read the status of the relay, the function numbers, and information numbers
that will be returned during the GI cycle. The GI cycle strictly abides by the rules defined in the
IEC60870-5-103.

Refer the IEC60870-5-103 standard can get the enough details about general interrogation.

9.3.6 General Commands

The generic functions can be used to read the setting and protection measurement of the relay,
and modify the setting. Two supported type identifications are ASDU 21 and ASDU 10. For more
details about generic functions, see the IEC60870-5-103 standard.

Generic service group numbers supported by the relay is list in the following table.

Group num Group type

1 Protection Settings
2 Equipment Settings
3 System Settings
4 Setting Group
9 Metering

Note!

If the setting i.e. [En_Remote_Cfg] in the submenu “EQUIP SETTINGD” is set as “0”, to
modify protection settings remotely will not be allowed. Moreover, equipment parameters
are not allowed to be modified remotely whether the item [En_Remote_Cfg] is “1” or “0”.

9.3.7 Disturbance Records

This protective device can store up to eight disturbance records in its memory. A pickup of the fault
detector or an operation of the relay can make the protective device store the disturbance records.

The disturbance records are stored in uncompressed format and can be extracted using the
standard mechanisms described in IEC60870-5-103.

ACC Name ACC Name ACC Name ACC Name

64 Ida 85 Ia3 106 Ia10 127 Ia17
65 Idb 86 Ib3 107 Ib10 128 Ib17
66 Idc 87 Ic3 108 Ic10 129 Ic17
67 Ida1 88 Ia4 109 Ia11 130 Ia18
68 Idb1 89 Ib4 110 Ib11 131 Ib18
69 Idc1 90 Ic4 111 Ic11 132 Ic18
70 Ida2 91 Ia5 112 Ia12 133 IaBS1
71 Idb2 92 Ib5 113 Ib12 134 IbBS1
72 Idc2 93 Ic5 114 Ic12 135 IcBS1
73 Ua1 94 Ia6 115 Ia13 136 IaBS2

136 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

74 Ub1 95 Ib6 116 Ib13 137 IbBS2

75 Uc1 96 Ic6 117 Ic13 138 IcBS2
76 Ua2 97 Ia7 118 Ia14 139 IaBC
77 Ub2 98 Ib7 119 Ib14 140 IbBC
78 Uc2 99 Ic7 120 Ic14 141 IcBC
79 Ia1 100 Ia8 121 Ia15
80 Ib1 101 Ib8 122 Ib15
81 Ic1 102 Ic8 123 Ic15
82 Ia2 103 Ia9 124 Ia16
83 Ib2 104 Ib9 125 Ib16
84 Ic2 105 Ic9 126 Ic16

9.4 Messages Description for Modbus Protocol

„ Standard: Modicon Modbus Protocol Reference Guide, PI-MBUS-300 Rev.E

„ Physical Layer Setup: RS485, 1 start bit, 8 data bits, no bit for parity, 1 stop bit

„ Link Layer Setup: Only RTU Mode Supported

„ Frame Length Uplimit: 256 Bytes

„ Baud Rate: Configurable

„ Device Address: Configurable

„ Parity: No

The following modbus function codes are supported but re-defined by the relay:

02 Read Input Status-Get real-time statuses (binary)

03 Read Holding Registers- Get Settings

04 Read Input Reisters- Get metering values of equipment

9.4.1 Get Realtime Status (Binary)

Function Code: 02H

1. Trip Information

Value=1: operate, 0: drop out or not operate

Address Item
0000H Op_TrpBB1_DPFC_BBP
0001H Op_TrpBB2_DPFC_BBP
0002H Op_TrpBB1_Pcnt_BBP
0003H Op_TrpBB2_Pcnt_BBP
0004H Op_SOTF_BC
0005H Op_OC_BC

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 137

Chapter 9 Communication

0006H Op_TrpBB1_BFP
0007H Op_TrpBB2_BFP
0008H Op_ReTrp_BFP
0009H Op_BFP_BC
000AH Op_EFP_BC
000BH Op_PD_BC
000CH Op_TrpBC_BFP
000DH Op_TrpBC_Pcnt_BBP
000EH Op_Dly_Pcnt_BBP
000FH Op_TrpBS1_Pcnt_BBP
0010H Op_TrpBS2_Pcnt_BBP
0011H Pkp_BFI_BS1
0012H Pkp_BFI_BS2
0013H Op_BFP_BS1
0014H Op_BFP_BS2
0015H Op_TrpBS1_BFP
0016H Op_TrpBS2_BFP
0017H Op_SOTF_BS1
0018H Op_SOTF_BS2
0019H Op_OC_BS1
001AH Op_OC_BS2
001BH Op_PD_BS1
001CH Op_PD_BS2
001DH Trip A
001EH Trip B
001FH Trip C
0020H F09
0021H F10
0022H F11
0023H F12
0024H F13
0025H F14
0026H F15
0027H F16
0028H F01
0029H F02
002AH F03
002BH F04
002CH F05
002DH F06
002EH F07
002FH F08
0030H F17

138 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

0031H F18
0032H BS1
0033H BS2
0034H BT
0035H BC
0036H ReBT

2. Alarm Information

Address Item
1000H Alm_DS_Fdr01
1001H Alm_DS_Fdr02
1002H Alm_DS_Fdr03
1003H Alm_DS_Fdr04
1004H Alm_DS_Fdr05
1005H Alm_DS_Fdr06
1006H Alm_DS_Fdr07
1007H Alm_DS_Fdr08
1008H Alm_DS_Fdr09
1009H Alm_DS_Fdr10
100AH Alm_DS_Fdr11
100BH Alm_DS_Fdr12
100CH Alm_DS_Fdr13
100DH Alm_DS_Fdr14
100EH Alm_DS_Fdr15
100FH Alm_DS_Fdr16
1010H Alm_DS_Fdr17
1011H Alm_DS_Fdr18
1012H Alm_DS_BS1
1013H Alm_DS_BS2
1014H Alm_DS_BT
1015H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr01
1016H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr02
1017H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr03
1018H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr04
1019H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr05
101AH Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr06
101BH Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr07
101CH Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr08
101DH Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr09
101EH Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr10
101FH Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr11
1020H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr12
1021H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr13

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 139

Chapter 9 Communication

1022H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr14
1023H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr15
1024H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr16
1025H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr17
1026H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr18
1027H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS1
1028H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BS2
1029H Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BC
102AH Alm_Diff_SensCTS_BC
102BH Alm_Diff_SensCTS_AnyFdr
102CH Alm_CTS_AnyFdr
102DH Alm_CTS_BC
102EH Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
102FH Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
1030H Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
1031H Alm_InvalidSetting
1032H Alm_ModifiedSetting
1033H Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
1034H Alm_TripOutput
1035H Alm_InnerComm
1036H Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB1
1037H Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB2
1038H Alm_BI_BFI_BC
1039H Alm_BI_Blk_BBP
103AH Alm_SensCTS
103BH Alm_DS
103CH Alm_Setting_DSP_CPUBrd
103DH Alm_CTS
103EH Alm_VTS_BB1
103FH Alm_VTS_BB2
1040H Alm_52b_BC
1041H Alm_PersisFD_DSP1_CPUBrd
1042H Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_CPUBrd
1043H Alm_DSP1_CPUBrd
1044H Alm_DSP2_CPUBrd
1045H Alm_FPGA_CPUBrd
1046H Alm_CPLD_CPUBrd
1047H Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
1048H Alm_BO_FD_MONBrd
1049H Alm_RAM_MONBrd
104AH Alm_ROM_MONBrd
104BH Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
104CH Alm_DSP_MONBrd

140 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

104DH Alm_PersisFD_DSP1_MONBrd
104EH Alm_PersisFD_DSP2_MONBrd
104FH Alm_DSP1_MONBrd
1050H Alm_DSP2_MONBrd
1051H Alm_FPGA_MONBrd
1052H Alm_CPLD_MONBrd

3. Binary Input Change Information

Address Item
2000H BI_DSBB1_Fdr01
2001H BI_DSBB1_Fdr02
2002H BI_DSBB1_Fdr03
2003H BI_DSBB1_Fdr04
2004H BI_DSBB1_Fdr05
2005H BI_DSBB1_Fdr06
2006H BI_DSBB1_Fdr07
2007H BI_DSBB1_Fdr08
2008H BI_DSBB1_Fdr09
2009H BI_DSBB1_Fdr10
200AH BI_DSBB1_Fdr11
200BH BI_DSBB1_Fdr12
200CH BI_DSBB1_Fdr13
200DH BI_DSBB1_Fdr14
200EH BI_DSBB1_Fdr15
200FH BI_DSBB1_Fdr16
2010H BI_DSBB1_Fdr17
2011H BI_DSBB1_Fdr18
2012H BI_DSBB1_BS1
2013H BI_DSBB1_BS2
2014H BI_DSBB1_BT
2015H BI_DSBB2_Fdr01
2016H BI_DSBB2_Fdr02
2017H BI_DSBB2_Fdr03
2018H BI_DSBB2_Fdr04
2019H BI_DSBB2_Fdr05
201AH BI_DSBB2_Fdr06
201BH BI_DSBB2_Fdr07
201CH BI_DSBB2_Fdr08
201DH BI_DSBB2_Fdr09
201EH BI_DSBB2_Fdr10
201FH BI_DSBB2_Fdr11
2020H BI_DSBB2_Fdr12
2021H BI_DSBB2_Fdr13

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 141

Chapter 9 Communication

2022H BI_DSBB2_Fdr14
2023H BI_DSBB2_Fdr15
2024H BI_DSBB2_Fdr16
2025H BI_DSBB2_Fdr17
2026H BI_DSBB2_Fdr18
2027H BI_DSBB2_BS1
2028H BI_DSBB2_BS2
2029H BI_DSBB2_BT
202AH BI_BFI_Fdr01
202BH BI_A_BFI_Fdr02
202CH BI_B_BFI_Fdr02
202DH BI_C_BFI_Fdr02
202EH BI_A_BFI_Fdr03
202FH BI_B_BFI_Fdr03
2030H BI_C_BFI_Fdr03
2031H BI_A_BFI_Fdr04
2032H BI_B_BFI_Fdr04
2033H BI_C_BFI_Fdr04
2034H BI_A_BFI_Fdr05
2035H BI_B_BFI_Fdr05
2036H BI_C_BFI_Fdr05
2037H BI_Chk_BFI
2038H BI_BFI_Fdr06
2039H BI_A_BFI_Fdr07
203AH BI_B_BFI_Fdr07
203BH BI_C_BFI_Fdr07
203CH BI_A_BFI_Fdr08
203DH BI_B_BFI_Fdr08
203EH BI_C_BFI_Fdr08
203FH BI_A_BFI_Fdr09
2040H BI_B_BFI_Fdr09
2041H BI_C_BFI_Fdr09
2042H BI_A_BFI_Fdr10
2043H BI_B_BFI_Fdr10
2044H BI_C_BFI_Fdr10
2045H BI_BFI_Fdr11
2046H BI_A_BFI_Fdr12
2047H BI_B_BFI_Fdr12
2048H BI_C_BFI_Fdr12
2049H BI_A_BFI_Fdr13
204AH BI_B_BFI_Fdr13
204BH BI_C_BFI_Fdr13
204CH BI_A_BFI_Fdr14

142 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

204DH BI_B_BFI_Fdr14
204EH BI_C_BFI_Fdr14
204FH BI_A_BFI_Fdr15
2050H BI_B_BFI_Fdr15
2051H BI_C_BFI_Fdr15
2052H BI_BFI_Fdr16
2053H BI_A_BFI_Fdr17
2054H BI_B_BFI_Fdr17
2055H BI_C_BFI_Fdr17
2056H BI_A_BFI_Fdr18
2057H BI_B_BFI_Fdr18
2058H BI_C_BFI_Fdr18
2059H BI_A_BFI_BS1
205AH BI_B_BFI_BS1
205BH BI_C_BFI_BS1
205CH BI_A_BFI_BS2
205DH BI_B_BFI_BS2
205EH BI_C_BFI_BS2
205FH BI_A_BFI_BT
2060H BI_B_BFI_BT
2061H BI_C_BFI_BT
2062H EBI_BFP
2063H EBI_BBP
2064H EBI_SOTF_BC
2065H EBI_OC_BC
2066H EBI_PD_BC
2067H EBI_SOTF_BS1
2068H EBI_SOTF_BS2
2069H BI_52b_BC
206AH BI_PD_BC
206BH EBI_BlkMoniComm
206CH BI_ConfirmDS
206DH EBI_IntLink_Mode
206EH EBI_VT_BB1
206FH EBI_VT_BB2
2070H BI_52b_BS1
2071H BI_52b_BS2
2072H BI_PD_BS1
2073H BI_PD_BS2
2074H EBI_OC_BS1
2075H EBI_OC_BS2
2076H EBI_PD_BS1
2077H EBI_PD_BS2

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 143

Chapter 9 Communication

2078H EBI_BC_As_BT_Mode
2079H EBI_NegPolar_CT_BT
207AH BI_Blk_BBP
207BH BI_Disable_VCE_BFP
207CH BI_BFI_BC
207DH BI_Chk_BFI_BC
207EH FD_MONBrd

9.4.2 Get Metering Values of Equipment

Function Code: 04H

Each metering values occupy 2 Bytes

1. Differential Current

Address Item Unit

0000H Ida_CZ(decimal digits=2) A
0001H Idb_CZ(decimal digits=2) A
0002H Idc_CZ(decimal digits=2) A
0003H Ida_BB1(decimal digits=2) A
0004H Idb_BB1(decimal digits=2) A
0005H Idc_BB1(decimal digits=2) A
0006H Ida_BB2(decimal digits=2) A
0007H Idb_BB2(decimal digits=2) A
0008H Idc_BB2(decimal digits=2) A
2. Voltage(Up)

Address Item Unit

1000H Ua_BB1(decimal digits=2) V
1001H Ub_BB1(decimal digits=2) V
1002H Uc_BB1(decimal digits=2) V
1003H Ua_BB2(decimal digits=2) V
1004H Ub_BB2(decimal digits=2) V
1005H Uc_BB2(decimal digits=2) V
3. Voltage(Upp)

Address Item Unit

3000H Uab_BB1(decimal digits=2) V
3001H Ubc_BB1(decimal digits=2) V
3002H Uca_BB1(decimal digits=2) V
3003H Uab_BB2(decimal digits=2) V
3004H Ubc_BB2(decimal digits=2) V
3005H Uca_BB2(decimal digits=2) V
4. Phase Current

144 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

Address Item Unit

2000H Ia_Fdr01(decimal digits=2) A
2001H Ib_Fdr01(decimal digits=2) A
2002H Ic_Fdr01(decimal digits=2) A
2003H Ia_Fdr02(decimal digits=2) A
2004H Ib_Fdr02(decimal digits=2) A
2005H Ic_Fdr02(decimal digits=2) A
2006H Ia_Fdr03(decimal digits=2) A
2007H Ib_Fdr03(decimal digits=2) A
2008H Ic_Fdr03(decimal digits=2) A
2009H Ia_Fdr04(decimal digits=2) A
200AH Ib_Fdr04(decimal digits=2) A
200BH Ic_Fdr04(decimal digits=2) A
200CH Ia_Fdr05(decimal digits=2) A
200DH Ib_Fdr05(decimal digits=2) A
200EH Ic_Fdr05(decimal digits=2) A
200FH Ia_Fdr06(decimal digits=2) A
2010H Ib_Fdr06(decimal digits=2) A
2011H Ic_Fdr06(decimal digits=2) A
2012H Ia_Fdr07(decimal digits=2) A
2013H Ib_Fdr07(decimal digits=2) A
2014H Ic_Fdr07(decimal digits=2) A
2015H Ia_Fdr08(decimal digits=2) A
2016H Ib_Fdr08(decimal digits=2) A
2017H Ic_Fdr08(decimal digits=2) A
2018H Ia_Fdr09(decimal digits=2) A
2019H Ib_Fdr09(decimal digits=2) A
201AH Ic_Fdr09(decimal digits=2) A
201BH Ia_Fdr10(decimal digits=2) A
201CH Ib_Fdr10(decimal digits=2) A
201DH Ic_Fdr10(decimal digits=2) A
201EH Ia_Fdr11(decimal digits=2) A
201FH Ib_Fdr11(decimal digits=2) A
2020H Ic_Fdr11(decimal digits=2) A
2021H Ia_Fdr12(decimal digits=2) A
2022H Ib_Fdr12(decimal digits=2) A
2023H Ic_Fdr12(decimal digits=2) A
2024H Ia_Fdr13(decimal digits=2) A
2025H Ib_Fdr13(decimal digits=2) A
2026H Ic_Fdr13(decimal digits=2) A
2027H Ia_Fdr14(decimal digits=2) A
2028H Ib_Fdr14(decimal digits=2) A
2029H Ic_Fdr14(decimal digits=2) A

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 145

Chapter 9 Communication

202AH Ia_Fdr15(decimal digits=2) A

202BH Ib_Fdr15(decimal digits=2) A
202CH Ic_Fdr15(decimal digits=2) A
202DH Ia_Fdr16(decimal digits=2) A
202EH Ib_Fdr16(decimal digits=2) A
202FH Ic_Fdr16(decimal digits=2) A
2030H Ia_Fdr17(decimal digits=2) A
2031H Ib_Fdr17(decimal digits=2) A
2032H Ic_Fdr17(decimal digits=2) A
2033H Ia_Fdr18(decimal digits=2) A
2034H Ib_Fdr18(decimal digits=2) A
2035H Ic_Fdr18(decimal digits=2) A
2036H Ia_BS1(decimal digits=2) A
2037H Ib_BS1(decimal digits=2) A
2038H Ic_BS1(decimal digits=2) A
2039H Ia_BS2(decimal digits=2) A
203AH Ib_BS2(decimal digits=2) A
203BH Ic_BS2(decimal digits=2) A
203CH Ia_BC(decimal digits=2) A
203DH Ib_BC(decimal digits=2) A
203EH Ic_BC(decimal digits=2) A

9.4.3 Settings
Function Code: 03H

1. Equipment Settings

Address Item Unit

0000H Setting_Group
0001H Equip_ID(ASCII Hi word)
0002H Equip_ID(ASCII Mi word)
0003H Equip_ID(ASCII Lo word)
0004H Comm_Addr
0005H IP_Addr1(Hi word)
0006H IP_Addr1(Lo word)
0007H IP_Mask1(Hi word)
0008H IP_Mask1(Lo word)
0009H IP_Addr2(Hi word)
000AH IP_Addr2(Lo word)
000BH IP_Mask2(Hi word)
000CH IP_Mask2(Lo word)
000DH COM1_Baud Bps
000EH COM2_Baud Bps
000FH Printer_Baud bps

146 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

Bit0:COMM1 103
Bit1:COMM1 LFP
Bit2:COMM1 Modbus
0010H Protocol
Bit4:COMM2 103
Bit5:COMM2 LFP
Bit6:COMM2 Modbus
Bit0:Reserved
Bit1:En_Auto_Print
0011H Ctrl bit Bit2:En_Net_Print
Bit3:GPS_Pulse
Bit4:En_Remote_Cfg

2. System Settings

Address Item Unit

1000H U2n_VT(decimal digits=2) V
1001H I2n_CT(decimal digits=2) A
1002H U1n_VT(decimal digits=1) kV
1003H I1n_CT（integer） A
1004H ID_Fdr01(ASCII Hi word)
1005H ID_Fdr01(ASCII Lo word)
1006H k_CT_Fdr01(decimal digits=3)
1007H ID_Fdr02(ASCII Hi word)
1008H ID_Fdr02(ASCII Lo word)
1009H k_CT_Fdr02(decimal digits=3)
100AH ID_Fdr03(ASCII Hi word)
100BH ID_Fdr03(ASCII Lo word)
100CH k_CT_Fdr03(decimal digits=3)
100DH ID_Fdr04(ASCII Hi word)
100EH ID_Fdr04(ASCII Lo word)
100FH k_CT_Fdr04(decimal digits=3)
1010H ID_Fdr05(ASCII Hi word)
1011H ID_Fdr05(ASCII Lo word)
1012H k_CT_Fdr05(decimal digits=3)
1013H ID_Fdr06(ASCII Hi word)
1014H ID_Fdr06(ASCII Lo word)
1015H k_CT_Fdr06(decimal digits=3)
1016H ID_Fdr07(ASCII Hi word)
1017H ID_Fdr07(ASCII Lo word)
1018H k_CT_Fdr07(decimal digits=3)
1019H ID_Fdr08(ASCII Hi word)
101AH ID_Fdr08(ASCII Lo word)
101BH k_CT_Fdr08(decimal digits=3)
101CH ID_Fdr09(ASCII Hi word)

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 147

Chapter 9 Communication

101DH ID_Fdr09(ASCII Lo word)

101EH k_CT_Fdr09(decimal digits=3)
101FH ID_Fdr10(ASCII Hi word)
1020H ID_Fdr10(ASCII Lo word)
1021H k_CT_Fdr10(decimal digits=3)
1022H ID_Fdr11(ASCII Hi word)
1023H ID_Fdr11(ASCII Lo word)
1024H k_CT_Fdr11(decimal digits=3)
1025H ID_Fdr12(ASCII Hi word)
1026H ID_Fdr12(ASCII Lo word)
1027H k_CT_Fdr12(decimal digits=3)
1028H ID_Fdr13(ASCII Hi word)
1029H ID_Fdr13(ASCII Lo word)
102AH k_CT_Fdr13(decimal digits=3)
102BH ID_Fdr14(ASCII Hi word)
102CH ID_Fdr14(ASCII Lo word)
102DH k_CT_Fdr14(decimal digits=3)
102EH ID_Fdr15(ASCII Hi word)
102FH ID_Fdr15(ASCII Lo word)
1030H k_CT_Fdr15(decimal digits=3)
1031H ID_Fdr16(ASCII Hi word)
1032H ID_Fdr16(ASCII Lo word)
1033H k_CT_Fdr16(decimal digits=3)
1034H ID_Fdr17(ASCII Hi word)
1035H ID_Fdr17(ASCII Lo word)
1036H k_CT_Fdr17(decimal digits=3)
1037H ID_Fdr18(ASCII Hi word)
1038H ID_Fdr18(ASCII Lo word)
1039H k_CT_Fdr18(decimal digits=3)
103AH ID_BS1(ASCII Hi word)
103BH ID_BS1(ASCII Lo word)
103CH k_CT_BS1(decimal digits=3)
103DH ID_BS2(ASCII Hi word)
103EH ID_BS2(ASCII Lo word)
103FH k_CT_BS2(decimal digits=3)
1040H ID_BC(ASCII Hi word)
1041H ID_BC(ASCII Lo word)
1042H k_CT_BC(decimal digits=3)
1043H ID_BB1
1044H ID_BB2
Bit0:Opt_UnearthedSys_Mod
1045H Ctrl Bit e
Bit3: Opt_BC_&_BT_Mode

148 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

Bit4: En_BI_Init_BFP_BC
3. BBP Settings

Address Item Unit

2000H I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP(decimal digits=2) A
2001H I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP(decimal digits=2) A
2002H Slope_H_Pcnt_BBP(decimal digits=2)
2003H I_OC_SOTF_BC(decimal digits=2) A
2004H I_OC_BC(decimal digits=2) A
2005H I_ROC_BC(decimal digits=2) A
2006H t_OC_BC(decimal digits=2) S
2007H I_ROC_PD_BC(decimal digits=2) A
2008H I_NegOC_PD_BC(decimal digits=2) A
2009H t_PD_BC(decimal digits=2) S
200AH I_Alm_CTS(decimal digits=2) A
200BH I_Alm_SensCTS(decimal digits=2) A
200CH V_UV_VCE_BBP(decimal digits=2) V
200DH V_ROV_VCE_BBP(decimal digits=2) V
V_NegOV_VCE_BBP(decimal
200EH V
digits=2)
200FH I_BFP_BC(decimal digits=2) A
2010H t_TrpBS_BFP_BC(decimal digits=2) S
2011H t_TrpBB_BFP_BC(decimal digits=2) S
2012H t_EFP_BC(decimal digits=2) S
Bit0:Reserved
Bit1:En_BBP
Bit2:En_SOTF_BC
Bit3:En_OC_BC
Bit4:En_PD_BC
Bit5:En_SOTF_BS1
Bit6:En_SOTF_BS2
Bit8:Opt_IntLink_Mode
2013H Ctrl Bit
Bit9:En_VT_BB1
Bit10:En_VT_BB2
Bit11:En_BC.SOTF_Blk_BBP
Bit12:En_Unbal_SensCTS
Bit13:En_AutoRecov_SensCT
S
Bit14:En_OC_Init_BFP_BC
Bit15:En_BI_Blk_BBP
Bit0:En_BFP_BS
2014H Ctrl Bit Bit8:En_OC_BS1
Bit9:En_OC_BS2

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 149

Chapter 9 Communication

Bit10:En_PD_BS1
Bit11:En_PD_BS2

4. BFP Setttings

Address Item Name Unit

3000H t_ReTrp_BFP(decimal digits=2) S
3001H t_TrpBC_BFP(decimal digits=2) S
3002H t_TrpBB_BFP(decimal digits=2) S
3003H V_UV_VCE_BFP(decimal digits=2) V
3004H V_ROV_VCE_BFP(decimal digits=2) V
3005H V_NegOV_VCE_BFP(decimal digits=2) V
3006H Cfg_BFP_Common Bit0: En_BFP
3007H I_OC_BFP_Fdr01(decimal digits=2) A
3008H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr01(decimal digits=2) A
3009H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr01(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr01
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr01
300AH Cfg_BFP_Fdr01
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
1
300BH I_OC_BFP_Fdr02(decimal digits=2) A
300CH I_ROC_BFP_Fdr02(decimal digits=2) A
300DH I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr02(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr02
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr02
300EH Cfg_BFP_Fdr02
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
2
300FH I_OC_BFP_Fdr03(decimal digits=2) A
3010H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr03(decimal digits=2) A
3011H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr03(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr03
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr03
3012H Cfg_BFP_Fdr03
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
3
3013H I_OC_BFP_Fdr04(decimal digits=2) A
3014H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr04(decimal digits=2) A
3015H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr04(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr04
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr04
3016H Cfg_BFP_Fdr04
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
4
3017H I_OC_BFP_Fdr05(decimal digits=2) A
3018H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr05(decimal digits=2) A
3019H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr05(decimal digits=2) A

150 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr05
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr05
301AH Cfg_BFP_Fdr05
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
5
301BH I_OC_BFP_Fdr06(decimal digits=2) A
301CH I_ROC_BFP_Fdr06(decimal digits=2) A
301DH I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr06(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr06
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr06
301EH Cfg_BFP_Fdr06
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
6
301FH I_OC_BFP_Fdr07(decimal digits=2) A
3020H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr07(decimal digits=2) A
3021H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr07(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr07
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr07
3022H Cfg_BFP_Fdr07
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
7
3023H I_OC_BFP_Fdr08(decimal digits=2) A
3024H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr08(decimal digits=2) A
3025H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr08(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr08
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr08
3026H Cfg_BFP_Fdr01
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
8
3027H I_OC_BFP_Fdr09(decimal digits=2) A
3028H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr09(decimal digits=2) A
3029H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr09(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr09
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr09
302AH Cfg_BFP_Fdr09
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr0
9
302BH I_OC_BFP_Fdr10(decimal digits=2) A
302CH I_ROC_BFP_Fdr10(decimal digits=2) A
302DH I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr10(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr10
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr10
302EH Cfg_BFP_Fdr10
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
0
302FH I_OC_BFP_Fdr11(decimal digits=2) A
3030H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr11(decimal digits=2) A
3031H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr11(decimal digits=2) A
3032H Cfg_BFP_Fdr11 Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr11

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 151

Chapter 9 Communication

Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr11
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
1
3033H I_OC_BFP_Fdr12(decimal digits=2) A
3034H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr12(decimal digits=2) A
3035H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr12(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr12
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr12
3036H Cfg_BFP_Fdr12
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
2
3037H I_OC_BFP_Fdr13(decimal digits=2) A
3038H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr13(decimal digits=2) A
3039H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr13(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr13
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr13
303AH Cfg_BFP_Fdr13
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
3
303BH I_OC_BFP_Fdr14(decimal digits=2) A
303CH I_ROC_BFP_Fdr14(decimal digits=2) A
303DH I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr14(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr14
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr14
303EH Cfg_BFP_Fdr14
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
4
303FH I_OC_BFP_Fdr15(decimal digits=2) A
3040H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr15(decimal digits=2) A
3041H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr15(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr15
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr15
3042H Cfg_BFP_Fdr15
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
5
3043H I_OC_BFP_Fdr16(decimal digits=2) A
3044H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr16(decimal digits=2) A
3045H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr16(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr16
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr16
3046H Cfg_BFP_Fdr16
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
6
3047H I_OC_BFP_Fdr17(decimal digits=2) A
3048H I_ROC_BFP_Fdr17(decimal digits=2) A
3049H I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr17(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr17
304AH Cfg_BFP_Fdr17
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr17

152 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 9 Communication

Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
7
304BH I_OC_BFP_Fdr18(decimal digits=2) A
304CH I_ROC_BFP_Fdr18(decimal digits=2) A
304DH I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr18(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_Fdr18
Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr18
304EH Cfg_BFP_Fdr18
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr1
8
304FH I_OC_BFP_BT(decimal digits=2) A
3050H I_ROC_BFP_BT(decimal digits=2) A
3051H I_NegOC_BFP_BT(decimal digits=2) A
Bit0:En_ROC_BFP_BT
3052H Cfg_BFP_BT Bit1:En_NegOC_BFP_BT
Bit2:Disable_VCE_BFP_BT

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 153

Chapter 9 Communication

154 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

10.1 Introduction
The chapter contains instructions on how to install and commission the protective device. It can
also be used as a reference if a periodic test is performed. The chapter covers procedures for
mechanical and electrical installation, energizing and checking of external circuitry, setting and
configuration as well as verifying settings and performing a directionality test.

The chapter contains the following information:

1) The “Safety information” presents warning and note signs, which the user should draw
attention to.

2) The “Overview” gives an overview over the major task when installing and commissioning the
protection equipment.

3) The “Unpacking and checking the protective device” contains instructions on how to
receive the protection equipment.

4) The “Installing the protective device” contains instructions on how to install the protection
equipment.

5) The “Checking the external circuitry” contains instructions on how to check that the
protection equipment is properly connected to the protection system.

6) The “Energizing the protective device” contains instructions on how to start-up the
protection equipment.

7) The “Setting the protective device” contains instructions on how to download settings and
configuration to the protection equipment.

8) The “Establishing connection and verifying communication” contains instructions on how

to verify the communication.

9) The “Verifying settings by secondary injection” contains instructions on how to verify that
each included function operates correctly according to the set value.

10) The “Final Check” contains instructions on make sure that everything associated with the
device is well.

The chapter is addressing the installation, commissioning and maintenance personnel responsible
for taking the protection into normal service and out of service. The installation personnel must
have a basic knowledge in handling electronic equipment. The commissioning and maintenance
personnel must be well experienced in using protection equipment, test equipment, protection
functions and the configured functional logics in the protection.

10.2 Safety Information

This section contains safety information. Warning signs are presented which attend the user to be

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 155

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

careful during certain operations in order to avoid human injuries or damage to equipment.

„ Warning signs

Warning!

Strictly follow the company and country safety regulations. Working in a high voltage
environment requires serious approach to avoid human injuries and damage to
equipment.

Do not touch circuitry during operation. Potentially lethal voltages and currents are
present.

Always avoid touching the circuitry when the cover is removed. The product contains
electronic circuitries which can be damaged if exposed to static electricity (ESD). The
electronic circuitries also contain high voltage which is lethal to humans.

Always use suitable isolated test pins when measuring signals in open circuitry.
Potentially lethal voltages and currents are present.

Never connect or disconnect a wire and/or a connector to or from protection equipment

during normal operation. Hazardous voltages and currents are present that may be lethal.
Operation may be disrupted and protection equipment and measuring circuitry may be
damaged.

Always connect the protection equipment to protective ground, regardless of the

operating conditions. This also applies to special occasions such as bench testing,
demonstrations and off-site configuration. Operating the protection equipment without
proper grounding may damage both terminal and measuring circuitry, and may cause
injuries in case of an accident.

Never disconnect a secondary connection of current transformer circuit without

short-circuiting the transformer’s secondary winding. Operating a current transformer
with the secondary winding open will cause a massive potential build-up that may
damage the transformer and may cause injuries to humans.

Never unmount the front or back cover from a powered equipment or from a protection
equipment connected to powered circuitry. Potentially lethal voltages and currents are
present.

„ Caution signs

Caution!

Always transport modules using certified conductive bags. Always handle modules using
a conductive wrist strap connected to protective ground and on a suitable antistatic
surface. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) may cause damage to the module.

Do not connect live wires to the protection equipment. Internal circuitry may be damaged.

156 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Always use a conductive wrist strap connected to protective ground when replacing
modules. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) may damage the module and protection
equipment circuitry.

Take care to avoid electrical shock if accessing wiring and connection protection
equipment when installing and commissioning.

„ Note signs

Note!

Changing the active setting group will inevitably change the protection equipment’s
operation. Be careful and check regulations before making the change.

The protection assembly is designed for a maximum continuous current of four times
rated value.

Activating the other setting group without proper configuration may seriously affect the
protection equipment’s operation.

10.3 Overview
The settings for each function must be calculated before the commissioning task can start. A
configuration, made in the configuration and programming tool, must also be available if the
protection equipment does not have a factory configuration downloaded.

The protection equipment is unpacked and visually checked. It is preferably mounted in a cubicle.
The connection to the protection system has to be checked in order to verify that the installation
was successful.

The installation and commissioning task starts with configuring the digital communication modules,
if included. The protection equipment can then be configured and set, which means that settings
and a configuration has to be applied if the protection equipment does not have a factory
configuration downloaded. Then the operation of each included function according to applied
settings has to be verified by secondary injection. A complete check of the configuration can then
be made. A conformity test of the secondary system has also to be done. When the primary
system has been energized a directionality check should be made.

10.4 Unpacking and Checking the Protection Equipment

Procedure

1) Remove the transport casing.

2) Visually inspect the protection equipment.

„ Carefully examine the protection panel, protection equipment inside and other parts
inside to see that no physical damage has occurred since installation.

„ The rating information should be given for the protection equipment.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 157

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

„ The rating information of other auxiliary protections should be checked to ensure it is

correct for the particular installation.

Panel wiring:

Check the conducting wire used in the panel to assure that their cross section meets the
requirement. Carefully examine the wiring to see that they are no connection failure exists.

Label:

Check all the isolator links, terminal blocks, ferrules, indicators, switches and push buttons to
make sure that their labels meet the requirements of this project.

Equipment plug-in modules:

Check each plug-in module of the equipments on the panel to make sure that they are well
installed into the equipment without any screw loosened.

Earthing cable:

Check whether the earthing cable from the panel terminal block is safely screwed to the panel
steel sheet.

Switch, keypad, isolator links and push button:

Check whether all the switches, equipment keypad, isolator links and push buttons work normally
and smoothly.

3) Check that all items are included in accordance with the delivery documents.

The user is requested to check that all software functions are included according to the delivery
documents after the terminal has been energized.

4) Check for transport damages.

These product checks cover all aspects of the protection, which should be checked to ensure that
the protection not only has not been physically damaged prior to commissioning but also functions
correctly and all input quantity measurements are within the stated tolerances.

10.5 Installing the Protective Device

10.5.1 Overview
The mechanical and electrical environmental conditions at the installation site must be within
permissible range according to the technical data of the protection equipment. Dusty, damp places,
places liable to rapid temperature variations, powerful vibrations and shocks, surge voltages of
high amplitude and fast rise time, strong induced magnetic fields or similar extreme conditions
should be avoided. Please refer to Chapter 2 for details.

Sufficient space must be available in front of and at rear of the protection panel to allow access for
maintenance and future modifications. Flush mounted protection equipment should be mounted
so that equipment modules can be added and replaced without excessive demounting.

158 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

10.5.2 Dimensions
The protective device adopts IEC standard chassis and is rack with modular structure. It uses an
integral faceplate and plug terminal block on backboard for external connections. RCS-915AS
series is IEC 12U high and 19” wide. Figure 10.5-1 shows its dimensions and Figure 10.5-2 shows
the panel cut-out.
532.6

GRP
ESC

Figure 10.5-1 Dimensions of RCS-915AS

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 159

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Figure 10.5-2 Panel cut-out of RCS-915AS

Note!

It is necessary to leave enough space top and bottom of the cut-out in the cubicle for heat
emission of the RCS-915AS.

10.5.3 Grounding Guidelines

Switching operations in HV installations generate transient over voltages on control signal cables.
There is also a background of electromagnetic RF fields in electrical installations that can induce
spurious currents in the devices themselves or the leads connected to them.

All these influences can influence the operation of electronic apparatus. On the other hand,
electronic apparatus can transmit interference that can disrupt the operation of other apparatus.

In order to minimize these influences as far as possible, certain standards have to be observed
with respect to grounding, wiring and screening.

Note!

All these precautions can only be effective if the station ground is of good quality.

10.5.4 Cubicle Grounding

The cubicle must be designed and fitted out such that the impedance for RF interference of the
ground path from the electronic device to the cubicle ground terminal is as low as possible.

Metal accessories such as side plates, blanking plates etc., must be effectively connected

160 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

surface-to-surface to the grounded frame to ensure a low-impedance path to ground for RF

interference. The contact surfaces must not only conduct well, they must also be non-corroding.

Note!

If the above conditions are not fulfilled, there is a possibility of the cubicle or parts of it
forming a resonant circuit at certain frequencies that would amplify the transmission of
interference by the devices installed and also reduce their immunity to induced
interference.

Movable parts of the cubicle such as doors (front and back) or hinged equipment frames must be
effectively grounded to the frame by three braided copper strips (refer to Figure 10.5-3).

The metal parts of the cubicle housing and the ground rail are interconnected electrically
conducting and corrosion proof. The contact surfaces shall be as large as possible.

Note!

For metallic connections please observe the voltage difference of both materials according
to the electrochemical code.

The cubicle ground rail must be effectively connected to the station ground rail by a grounding strip
(braided copper).

Figure 10.5-3 Cubicle grounding system

10.5.5 Ground Connection on the Device

There is a ground terminal on the rear panel (refer to Figure 10.5-4), and the ground braided
copper strip can be connected with it. Take care that the grounding strip is always as short as
possible. The main thing is that the device is only grounded at one point. Grounding loops from
unit to unit are not allowed.

There are some ground terminals on some connectors of the relays, and the sign is “GND”. All the
ground terminals are connected in the cabinet of this relay. So, the ground terminal on the rear

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 161

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

panel (refer to Figure 10.5-4) is the only ground terminal of this device.

Figure 10.5-4 Ground terminal

10.5.6 Grounding Strips and their Installation

High frequency currents are produced by interference in the ground connections and because of
skin effect at these frequencies, only the surface region of the grounding strips is of consequence.

The grounding strips must therefore be of (preferably tinned) braided copper and not round copper
conductors, as the cross-section of round copper would have to be too large.

Data of braided copper strip: threaded M4, 4.0mm2. Proper terminations must be fitted to both
ends (press/pinch fit and tinned) with a hole for bolting them firmly to the items to be connected.

The surfaces to which the grounding strips are bolted must be electrically conducting and
non-corroding.

The following figure shows the ground strip and termination.

Figure 10.5-5 Ground strip and termination

10.5.7 Making the electrical connections

Always make sure established guidelines for this type of terminal is followed during installation.
When necessary use screened twisted-pair cables to minimize susceptibility. Otherwise, use any
kind of regular no screened tinned RK cable or equivalent.

When using screened cabling always use 360° full screen cable bushing to ensure screen
coupling. Ensure that all signals of the single circuit are in the same single cable. Avoid mixing
current and voltage measuring signals in the same cable. Also use separate cables for control and
measuring circuits.

1) Connecting the VT/CT circuits:

Heavy-duty terminal block, M4 threaded terminal ends. VT circuit must be connected with the
protective device through an MCB.

162 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

2) Connecting the auxiliary power:

3) Input/output signal connectors:

Welding terminals. Those devices are supplied with sufficient M4 screws for making connections
to the rear mounted terminal blocks using ring terminals, with a recommended maximum of two
ring terminals per relay terminal.

To meet the insulation requirements of the terminal block, for the sake of safety, an insulating
sleeve should be fitted over the ring terminal after crimping.

The wire used for all connections to the welding terminal blocks and heavy duty terminal blocks,
except the EIA RS-485 port, should have a minimum voltage rating of 300Vrms.

It is recommended that the auxiliary power circuit wiring should be protected by using a 16A high
rupture capacity (HRC) fuse of type NIT or TIA. For safety reasons, current transformer circuits
must never be open.

4) Connecting to protective ground:

Connect the unit to the grounding bar of the cubicle with green/yellow conductor; connected to the
protective Earthing terminal at the back of the DC board. Attend that the earth wire must be as
short as possible. All cautions have to be taken to ensure the best electrical conductivity,
particularly the contact quality, stainless conductor. The impedance between the relay Earthing
terminal and the Earth must be less than 20mΩ under 12Volt, 50Hz. What matters is that the
device has to be only grounded at one point. Loop grounding from unit to unit is not allowed.

5) Installing the optic fibers (if included)

Connectors are generally color coded; connect blue or dark grey cable connectors to blue or dark
grey (receive) back-side connectors. Connect black or grey cable connectors to black or grey
(transmit) back-side connectors.

Fiber optical cables are sensitive to handling. Do not bend too sharply. The minimum curvature
radius is 15 cm for plastic fibers and 25 cm for glass fibers. If cable straps are used, apply with
loose fit.

Note!

Always hold the connector, never the cable, when connecting or disconnecting optical
fibers. Do not twist, pull or bend the fiber. Invisible damage may increase fiber damping
thus making communication impossible.

6) Installing the RS-485 serial port communication cables:

When using galvanic connection between protective relay and communication equipment or
point-to-point galvanic connection between two protective relays it is essential that the cable
installation is carefully done. This is true regardless of type of module used, only the possible
length of the cable differs. The factor that must be taken into account is the susceptibility for noise
disturbance, due to that the levels of the communication signal are very low. For a best result, a

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 163

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

cable with twisted pairs with screen should be used.

RS485 serial communication interface, a termination 120-ohm resistor has to be connected at

each extremity of the bus. Please refer to Chapter 9.

10.5.8 Typical Wiring

Relevant information about the modules and the connectors of the relay are listed in following
table. Refer to Chapter 6 can help to wire correctly and effectively.

No. Item Description

1 I/O1 Binary inputs and binary outputs (No.1)
2 I/O2 Binary inputs and binary outputs (No.2)
3 I/O3 Binary inputs and binary outputs (No.3)
4 I/O4 Binary inputs and binary outputs (No.4)
5 SIG Signal module
6 DC Power supply module
7 CPU Central processing unit module
8 MON Management module
9 AC1 AC current input module (No.1)
10 AC2 AC current input module (No.2)
11 AC3 AC current input module (No.3)
12 AC4 AC current input module (No.4)
13 HMI Human machine interface module

The typical wiring of the protective device is shown as follows.

164 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD
BFI BS1 OF BFI BS2 OF CENTRAL SIGNAL EVENT RECORD REMOTE SIGNAL
RCS-915AS-B RCS-915AS-B

SPARE TRIP TRIP

PRINTER
Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

165
Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

FEEDER 1
1A29 DS_BB1_F1 + 1B29 9C2

HV BINARY INPUT
Ia

CURRENT INPUT
+ 1TJ1-1
1A27 DS_BB2_F1 1B30 Ian 9C1
1B27 Ib 9C4

TRIP
1TJ1-2
1B28 Ibn 9C3
Ic 9C6
1B1 BFI_F1 + Icn 9C5

FEEDER 2
1A25 DS_BB1_F2 + 1B25 9C8

HV BINARY INPUT
Ia

CURRENT INPUT
+ 1TJ2-1
1A23 DS_BB2_F2 1B26 Ian 9C7
1B10 A_BFI_F2 + 1B23 Ib 9C10

TRIP
1TJ2-2
1B8 B_BFI_F2 + 1B24 Ibn 9C9
1B6 C_BFI_F2 + Ic 9C12
1B4 BFI_F2 Icn 9C11

FEEDER 3
1A21 DS_BB1_F3 + 1B21 9C14
HV BINARY INPUT

Ia

CURRENT INPUT
+ 1TJ3-1
1A19 DS_BB2_F3 1B22 Ian 9C13
1B2 A_BFI_F3 + 1B19 Ib 9C16

TRIP
1TJ3-2
1A30 B_BFI_F3 + 1B20 Ibn 9C15
1A28 C_BFI_F3 + Ic 9C18
1A26 BFI_F3 Icn 9C17

FEEDER 4
1A17 DS_BB1_F4 + 1B17 10B2
HV BINARY INPUT

Ia

CURRENT INPUT
+ 1TJ4-1
1A15 DS_BB2_F4 1B18 Ian 10B1
1A24 A_BFI_F4 + 1B15 Ib 10B4
TRIP

1TJ4-2
1A22 B_BFI_F4 + 1B16 Ibn 10B3
1A20 C_BFI_F4 + Ic 10B6
1A18 BFI_F4 Icn 10B5

FEEDER 5
1A13 DS_BB1_F5 + 1B13 10B8
HV BINARY INPUT

Ia

CURRENT INPUT
+ 1TJ5-1
1A11 DS_BB2_F5 1B14 Ian 10B7
1B7 A_BFI_F5 + 1B11 Ib 10B10
TRIP

+ 1TJ5-2
1B5 B_BFI_F5 1B12 Ibn 10B9
1B3 C_BFI_F5 + Ic 10B12
1B9 BFI_F5 Icn 10B11

FEEDER 6
2A29 DS_BB1_F6 + 2B29 Ia 10B14
HV BINARY INPUT

CURRENT INPUT

+ 2TJ1-1
2A27 DS_BB2_F6 2B30 Ian 10B13
2B27 Ib 10B16
TRIP

2TJ1-2
2B28 Ibn 10B15
Ic 10B18
2B1 BFI_F6 + Icn 10B17

FEEDER 7
2A25 DS_BB1_F7 + 2B25 10C2
HV BINARY INPUT

Ia
CURRENT INPUT

2TJ2-1
2A23 DS_BB2_F7 + 2B26 Ian 10C1
2B10 A_BFI_F7 + 2B23 Ib 10C4
TRIP

2TJ2-2
2B8 B_BFI_F7 + 2B24 Ibn 10C3
2B6 C_BFI_F7 + Ic 10C6
2B4 BFI_F7 Icn 10C5

FEEDER 8
2A21 DS_BB1_F8 + 2B21 10C8
HV BINARY INPUT

Ia
CURRENT INPUT

+ 2TJ3-1
2A19 DS_BB2_F8 2B22 Ian 10C7
2B2 A_BFI_F8 + 2B19 Ib 10C10
TRIP

+ 2TJ3-2
2A30 B_BFI_F8 2B20 Ibn 10C9
2A28 C_BFI_F8 + Ic 10C12
2A26 BFI_F8 Icn 10C11

FEEDER 9
2A17 DS_BB1_F9 + 2B17 Ia 10C14
HV BINARY INPUT

CURRENT INPUT

+ 2TJ4-1
2A15 DS_BB2_F9 2B18 Ian 10C13
2A24 A_BFI_F9 + 2B15 Ib 10C16
TRIP

2TJ4-2
2A22 B_BFI_F9 + 2B16 Ibn 10C15
2A20 C_BFI_F9 + Ic 10C18
2A18 BFI_F9 Icn 10C17

FEEDER 10
2A13 + 2B13 11B2
HV BINARY INPUT

DS_BB1_F10 Ia
CURRENT INPUT

+ 2TJ5-1
2A11 DS_BB2_F10 2B14 Ian 11B1
2B7 A_BFI_F10 + 2B11 Ib 11B4
TRIP

2TJ5-2
2B5 B_BFI_F10 + 2B12 Ibn 11B3
2B3 C_BFI_F10 + Ic 11B6
2B9 BFI_F10 Icn 11B5

166 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

FEEDER 11
3A29 DS_BB1_F11 + 3B29 Ia 11B8
+ 3TJ1-1
3A27 DS_BB2_F11 3B30 Ian 11B7
+ 3B27 Ib 11B10
3TJ1-2
+ 3B28 Ibn 11B9
+ Ic 11B12
3B1 BFI_F11 + Icn 11B11

FEEDER 12
3A25 DS_BB1_F12 + 3B25 Ia 11B14
+ 3TJ2-1
3A23 DS_BB2_F12 3B26 Ian 11B13
3B10 A_BFI_F12 + 3B23 Ib 11B16
3TJ2-2
3B8 B_BFI_F12 + 3B24 Ibn 11B15
3B6 C_BFI_F12 + Ic 11B18
3B4 BFI_F12 Icn 11B17

FEEDER 13
3A21 DS_BB1_F13 + 3B21 Ia 11C2
DS_BB2_F1 3TJ3-1
3A19 + 3B22 Ian 11C1
3
3B2 A_BFI_F13 + 3B19 Ib 11C4
3TJ3-2
3A30 B_BFI_F13 + 3B20 Ibn 11C3
3A28 C_BFI_F13 + Ic 11C6
3A26 BFI_F13 Icn 11C5

FEEDER 14
3A17 DS_BB1_F14 + 3B17 Ia 11C8
3TJ4-1
3A15 DS_BB2_F14 + 3B18 Ian 11C7
3A24 A_BFI_F14 + 3B15 Ib 11C10
3TJ4-2
3A22 B_BFI_F14 + 3B16 Ibn 11C9
3A20 C_BFI_F14 + Ic 11C12
3A18 BFI_F14 Icn 11C11

FEEDER 15
3A13 DS_BB1_F15 + 3B13 Ia 11C14
+ 3TJ5-1
3A11 DS_BB2_F15 3B14 Ian 11C13
3B7 A_BFI_F15 + 3B11 Ib 11C16
+ 3TJ5-2
3B5 B_BFI_F15 3B12 Ibn 11C15
3B3 C_BFI_F15 + Ic 11C18
3B9 BFI_F15 Icn 11C17

FEEDER 16
4A29 DS_BB1_F16 + 4B29 Ia 12B2
+ 4TJ1-1
4A27 DS_BB2_F16 4B30 Ian 12B1
+ 4B27 Ib 12B4
+ 4TJ1-2
4B28 Ibn 12B3
+ Ic 12B6
4B1 BFI_F16 + Icn 12B5

FEEDER 17
4A25 DS_BB1_F17 + 4B25 Ia 12B8
+ 4TJ2-1
4A23 DS_BB2_F17 4B26 Ian 12B7
4B10 A_BFI_F17 + 4B23 Ib 12B10
4TJ2-2
4B8 B_BFI_F17 + 4B24 Ibn 12B9
4B6 C_BFI_F17 + Ic 12B12
4B4 BFI_F17 Icn 12B11

FEEDER 18
4A21 DS_BB1_F18 + 4B21 Ia 12B14
4TJ3-1
4A19 DS_BB2_F18 + 4B22 Ian 12B13
4B2 A_BFI_F18 + 4B19 Ib 12B16
4TJ3-2
4A30 B_BFI_F18 + 4B20 Ibn 12B15
4A28 C_BFI_F18 + Ic 12B18
4A26 BFI_F18 Icn 12B17

BS 1
4B17 Ia 12C2
4TJ4-1
4B18 Ian 12C1
4B15 Ib 12C4
4TJ4-2
4B16 Ibn 12C3
Ic 12C6
4A18 BFI_BS1 + Icn 12C5

BS 2
4B13 Ia 12C8
4TJ5-1
4B14 Ian 12C7
4B11 Ib 12C10
4TJ5-2
4B12 Ibn 12C9
Ic 12C12
4B9 BFI_BS2 + Icn 12C11

BUS COUPLER
5B25 Ia 12C14
TJML-1
5B26 Ian 12C13
5B27 Ib 12C16
TJML-2
5B28 Ibn 12C15
Ic 12C18
6B21 BFI_BC + Icn 12C17

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 167

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Figure 10.5-6 RCS-915AS integral structure diagram

10.6 Check the External Circuitry

The user must check the installation, which includes verifying that the relay is connected to the
other parts of the protection system. This is done with the relay and all connected circuits
de-energized.

1) Checking the VT/CT circuits

Check that the wiring is in strict accordance with the supplied wiring diagram.

Test the circuitry. The following tests are recommended:

„ Polarity check

„ CT circuit current measurement and VT circuit voltage measurement (primary injection test)

„ Grounding check

The polarity check verifies the integrity of the circuits and the phase relationship. The check should
be performed as close as possible to the relay. The primary injection test verifies the CT/VT ration
and the wiring all the way through from the primary system to the relay. Injection must be
performed for each phase-to-neutral circuit and each phase-to-phase pair. In each case currents
and voltages in all phases and the neutral line are measured.

2) Checking the power supply

Check that the value of the auxiliary supply voltage remains with the permissible range under all
operating conditions. Check that the polarity is correct according to the instruction manual on the
DC module.

3) Checking binary input circuits

Preferably, disconnect the binary input connector form the binary input cards. Check all connected
signals so that both input level and polarity are in accordance with the relay’s specifications.

Note!

The binary inputs may be energized from an external dc auxiliary supply (e.g. the station
battery) in some installations. Check that this is not the case before connecting the field
voltage otherwise damage to the protection may result. The status of each binary input can
be viewed using either RCSPC software installed in a portable PC or by checking the front
man-machine interface LCD. When each binary input is energized the display will change
to indicate the new state of the inputs.

4) Checking binary output circuits

Preferably, disconnect the binary output connector form the binary output cards. Check all
connected signals so that both load and polarity are in accordance with the relay’s specifications.

168 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

10.7 Energizing the Protective Device

Before the procedures in this section can be carried out the connection to external circuitry must
have been checked which ensures that the installation was made correctly.

The user must energize the power supply to the relay to start it up. This could be done in a
numerous of ways, from energizing a whole cubicle to energizing a single relay. The user should
reconfigure the relay settings. The relay time must be set. The self-supervision function should
also be checked to verify that the relay unit operates properly. The user could also check the
software version, the relay’s serial number, the installed modules, and their ordering number to
ensure that the relay is according to delivery and ordering specifications.

1) Checking front panel LCD display

The liquid crystal display (LCD) is designed to operate in a wide range of substation ambient
temperatures. For this purpose, this relay has an automatic “LCD contrast” adjusting feature,
which is capable to adjust LCD contrast automatically according to the ambient temperature.

Connect the relay to DC power supply correctly and turn the relay on. Check program version and
forming time displayed in command menu to ensure that are corresponding to what ordered.

2) Setting the date and time of the protective device

If the time and date is not being maintained by substation automation system, the date and time
should be set manually.

Set the date and time to the correct local time and date using menu item “CLOCK”. Refer to
section 8.4.5 for detailed procedures.

In the event of the auxiliary supply failing, with a battery fitted on CPU board, the time and date will
be maintained. Therefore when the auxiliary supply is restored the time and date will be correct
and not need to set again.

To test this, remove the auxiliary supply from the relay for approximately 30s. After being
re-energized, the time and date should be correct.

3) Checking light emitting diodes (LEDs)

On power up, the green LED “HEALTHY” should have illuminated and stayed on indicating that
the protective device is healthy.

The relay has latched signal relays which remember the state of the trip, auto-reclose when the
relay was last energized from an auxiliary supply. Therefore these indicators may also illuminate
when the auxiliary supply is applied. If any of these LEDs are on then they should be reset before
proceeding with further testing. If the LED successfully reset, the LED goes out. There is no testing
required for that that LED because it is known to be operational.

It is likely that alarms related to voltage transformer supervision will not reset at this stage.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 169

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

10.8 Setting the Protective Device

The customer specific values for each setting parameter have to be available. Each function
included in the relay has several setting parameters which have to be set in order to make the
relay behave as intended. A default value is provided for each parameter from factory.

All settings can be:

„ Download from a PC or laptop with RCSPC software or remotely by SCADA. Front port
communication has to be established before the settings can be downloaded.

„ Entered manually through the local HMI

To change settings through the local HMI need a password which is “+”, “◄”, “▲” and “-” keyboard
on the front panel.

Unless previously agreed to the contrary, the customer will be responsible for determining the
application-specific settings to be applied to the protection and for testing of any scheme logic
applied by external wiring and/or configuration of the protection’s internal programmable scheme
logic.

10.9 Establishing Connection and Verifying Communication

This test should only be performed where the protection is to be accessed from a remote location
and will vary depending on the communications standard being adopted.

It is not the intention of the test to verify the operation of the complete system from the relay to the
remote location, just the protection’s rear communications port and any protocol converter
necessary.

10.10 Verifying settings by secondary injection

Required tools for testing of a protective device:

Minimum equipment required:

„ Multifunctional dynamic current and voltage injection test set with interval timer.

„ Multimeter with suitable AC current range and AC/DC voltage ranges of 0-440V and 0-250V
respectively.

„ Continuity tester (if not included in the multimeter).

„ Phase angle meter.

„ Phase rotation meter.

Note!

Modern test set may contain many of the above features in one unit.

Optional equipment:

170 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

„ An electronic or brushless insulation tester with a DC output not exceeding 500 V (for
insulation resistance test when required).

„ A portable PC, with appropriate software (this enables the rear communications port to be
tested, if this is to be used, and will also save considerable time during commissioning).

„ EIA RS-485 to EIA RS-232 converter (if EIA RS-485 IEC60870-5-103 port is being tested).

„ An EPSON® 300K printer.

„ RCS-9000 serials dedicated protection tester TEST or HELP-90.

At the same time, the calculated settings, substation configuration diagram, the protective device
diagram and the instruction manual is essential to test the protective device.

The relay has to be set before the testing can start. Only the functions that are used should be
tested.

The response from a test can be viewed in different ways:

„ Binary output signals

„ Service values in the local HMI

„ A PC with RCSPC software or SCADA or master station

All used setting groups should be tested. The user can release the functions to be tested and
prevent other functions from operation by setting the corresponding parameters. The user could
also energize the binary input [BI_BlkComm] to disable communication function to ensure that no
events are reported to remote station during the test.

The setting checks ensure that all of the application-specific protection settings (i.e. both the
protection’s function and programmable scheme logic settings), for the particular installation, have
been correctly applied to the protection.

10.10.1 Insulation test (if required)

Insulation resistance tests are only necessary during commissioning if it is required for them to be
done and they have not been performed during installation.

Isolate all wiring from the earth and test the isolation with an electronic or brushless insulation
tester at a DC voltage not exceeding 500V, The circuits need to be tested should include:

„ Voltage transformer circuits

„ Current transformer circuits

„ DC power supply

„ Optic-isolated control inputs

„ Output contacts

„ Communication ports

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 171

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

The insulation resistance should be greater than 100MΩ at 500V.

Test method:

To unplug all the terminals sockets of this protective device, and do the Insulation resistance test
for each circuit above with an electronic or brushless insulation tester.

On completion of the insulation resistance tests, ensure all external wiring is correctly reconnected
to the protection.

10.10.2 AC measurement check

1. Current measurement check

This test verifies that the accuracy of current measurement is within the acceptable tolerances.
Checking its magnitude using a multimeter. The corresponding reading can then be checked
either in the protection’s submenu “DSP METERING” column or a portable computer connected to
the front communication port with software RCSPC.

The measurement accuracy of the protection is ± 5%. However, an additional allowance must be
made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.

2. Voltage measurement check

This test verifies that the accuracy of voltage measurement is within the acceptable tolerances.
Checking its magnitude using a multimeter. The corresponding reading either in the protection’s
submenu “DSP METERING” or a portable computer connected to the front communication port
with software RCSPC.

The measurement accuracy of the protection is ±5%. However, an additional allowance must be
made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.

10.10.3 Busbar differential protection

Read default settings via RCSPC and download default settings to the protective device. Then
make changes on the base of the default setting.

“EQUIP SETTINGS” shall be configured as actual situation. “SYSTEM SETTINGS” and “BBP
SETTINGS” can be configured temporarily as following for easier test. (Just for reference)

Setting “SYSTEM SETTINGS”

[U2n_VT]=63.5V

[I2n_CT]=1A

[U1n_VT]=127kV

[I1n_CT]=1200A

[k_CT_Fdr01]=1

[k_CT_Fdr02]=1

[k_CT_BC]=1

172 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode]=0

Setting “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP] =1.8A

[I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP]=1.2A

[Slope_H_Pcnt_BBP]=0.7

[V_UV_VCE_BBP]=30V

[V_ROV_VCE_BBP]=8V

[V_NegOV_VCE_BBP]=3V

[t_EFP_BC] =0.1S

[En_BBP]=1

Change the following setting to avoid effects on steady state differential protection element.

[I_BFP_BC]=5A

[I_Alm_CTS]=5A

[I_Alm_SensCTS]=5A

Energize binary input [EBI_BBP]

Please pay attention that the polarity of CT of bus coupler is same as CT of feeder connected to
bus 1, but contrary to that connected to bus 2.

External fault test

1. Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01] and
set feeder02 connecting to BB No.2 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB2_Fdr02].

2. Connect CT of feeder02 and BC CT with the reverse polarity in series and then connect CT of
feeder01 with reverse polarity in series (Refer to Figure 10.10-1). Inject a current (For

example ITEST1 = 1∠0 0 ) to make steady-state percentage differential element operate.

3. VCE for BBP will operate. Steady-state percentage differential element does not operate.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 173

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

ITEST1
A 12C14

Test source 12C16

BUS COUPLER
12C18

12C13

12C15

12C17

9C2

9C4

CURRENT CIRCUIT
9C6

FDR01
RCS-915AS
9C1

9C3

9C5

9C8

9C10

9C12

FDR02
9C7

9C9

9C11

Figure 10.10-1External fault test

Because check zone differential current is equal to zero, the protective judges that it is an external
fault.

Internal fault test (BB No.1)

1. Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 though energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01] and
set feeder02 connecting to BB No.2 though energizing binary input [BI_DSBB2_Fdr02]

2. Connect CT of feeder01, BS CT, and CT of feeder02 with the same polarity in series (Refer to
Figure 10.10-2).

3. Only inject a current to make steady-state percentage differential element operate (For

example I TEST1 = 1∠0 0 A).

4. VCE for BBP will operate. Steady-state percentage differential element operates with “BBP
TRIP BB1” LED turned on simultaneously.

174 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Figure 10.10-2 Internal fault test (BB No.1)

Internal fault test (BB No.2)

Test method is similar with BB No.1

Steady-state percentage restraint characteristic test

„ Check setting [I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP]=1.8A

1. Set both feeder01 and feeder02 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input
[BI_DSBB1_Fdr01] and [BI_DSBB1_Fdr02].

2. Connect CT of feeder01 and CT of feeder02 with the same polarity in series (Refer to Figure
10.10-3)

3. Inject a current (For example ITEST1 = [I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP] × 1.05/2 = 0.945∠0 0 A) to make the

steady-state percentage differential element operate to trip BB No.1

4. Inject a current ( I TEST1 = [I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP] × 0.95/2 = 0.855∠0 0 A) to make the steady state

percentage differential element not operate.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 175

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Figure 10.10-3 Steady-state percentage restraint characteristic test

„ Check setting [I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP]=1.2A

1. Set both feeder01 and feeder02 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input
[BI_DSBB1_Fdr01] and [BI_DSBB1_Fdr02].

2. Connect CT of feeder01 and CT of feeder02 with the reverse polarity in series and connect a
tripping contact of feeder01 to test source. (Refer to Figure 10.10-3)

3. Inject a current (For example I TEST = 1∠0 0 A ) to make steady-state percentage differential

element operate to trip BB No.1.

4. Then decrease the current by step 0.01A (or smaller step) until the tripping contact resets and
then write down the current data. Check whether the data is in the scope of 0.57A~0.63A.

„ Check setting [Slope_H_Pcnt_BBP]=0.7

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP]=0.4A

[I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP]=0.3A

1. Set both feeder01 and feeder02 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input
[BI_DSBB1_Fdr01] and [BI_DSBB1_Fdr02].

2. Connect CT of feeder01 and CT of feeder02 with two independently adjustable current

176 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

sources. (Refer to Figure 10.10-4)

Figure 10.10-4 Percentage restraint coefficient test (High value)

3. Inject two opposite direction currents I TEST1 and I TEST2 respectively to CT of feeder01 and CT

of feeder02 simultaneously to find two critical points around the slope K (K=0.7) line. It is
suggested that the two critical points should not be too close in order to improve the
calculation precision of percentage restraint coefficient K.

Figure 10.10-5 Operation characteristic of steady-state percentage differential element

Calculate the critical points

Check zone percentage differential element

ICH01 + ICH02 > 0.7 × ( ICH01 + ICH02 )

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 177

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

ICH01 + ICH02 > 0.4

Here we give two calculated critical points for reference.

Calculated critical point 1: I TEST1 = 0.485 ∠0 0 A, I TEST2 = 0.085 ∠180 0 A

Calculated critical point 2: I TEST1 = 2.833 ∠0 0 A, I TEST2 = 0.5 ∠180 0 A

4. Fix the lower current source as calculated and change another current source from low to
high to make the steady-state percentage differential element operate to trip BB No.1.

5. Calculate the slop K by two actual critical points.

6. Check the precision error of high percentage restraint coefficient K within ±5%.

7. After finishing the test, please change the setting i.e. [Slope_H_Hcnt_BBP] to the original
value.

Voltage control element

Neutral point earthing system

Setting Setting Value Characteristic

[V_UV_VCE_BBP] 30V Blocking: >31.5V; Releasing: <29.5V
[V_ROV_VCE_BBP] 8V Blocking: <7.6V; Releasing: >8.4V
[V_NegOV_VCE_BBP] 3V Blocking: <2.85V; Releasing: >3.15V

„ Check the setting i.e. [V_UV_VCE_BBP] =30V

1. Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01]

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A to CT of feeder01 and three-phase balanced rated voltage to

VT of BB No.1 (Refer to Figure 10.10-6)

3. Steady-state percentage differential element will not operate.

4. Injected current remains at 2 ∠ 0 0 A and changes injected three-phase voltage (For example

U TEST1 = 32.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 32.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 32.5 ∠120 0 V ). Steady-state

percentage differential element does not operate.

5. Injected current remains at 2 ∠ 0 0 A and changes the injected three-phase voltage (For

example U TEST1 = 28.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 28.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 28.5 ∠120 0 V ).

Steady-state percentage differential protection element should operate.

178 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Figure 10.10-6 Voltage control element of BBP test

„ 2. Check the setting i.e. [V_ROV_VCE_BBP] =8V

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[V_NegOV_VCE_BBP]=10V

1. Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01].

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A to CT of feeder01 and three-phase balanced rated voltage to

VT of BB No.1. (Refer to Figure 10.10-6)

3. Keep injected current still at 2 ∠ 0 0 A and changes injected three-phase voltage (For example

U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 55.9 ∠120 0 V ). Steady-state

percentage differential element does not operate.

4. Keep injected current still at 2 ∠ 0 0 A and changes injected phase voltage (For example

U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 55.1 ∠120 0 V ). Steady-state

percentage differential element should operate.

5. Change setting [V_NegOV_VCE_BBP] back to the original value.

„ Check the setting i.e. [V_NegOV_VCE_BBP]=3V

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[V_ROV_VCE_BBP]=20V

1. Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01].

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A to CT of feeder01 and three-phase balanced rated voltage to

VT of BB No.1 (Refer to Figure 10.10-6).

3. Injected current remains at 2 ∠ 0 0 A and changes injected phase voltage (For example

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 179

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 54.95 ∠120 0 V ). Steady-state

percentage differential element does not operate.

4. Injected current remains at 2 ∠ 0 0 A and changes injected phase voltage (For example

U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 54.05 ∠120 0 V ). Steady-state

percentage differential element should operate.

5. Change setting [V_ROV_VCE_BBP] back to the original value.

Neutral point unearthed system

Change “SYSTEM SETTINGS”

[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode] =1

Setting Setting Value Characteristic

[V_UV_VCE_BBP] 51.96V Blocking: >54.56V; Releasing: <49.36V
[V_ROV_VCE_BBP] 3V Blocking: <2.85V; Releasing: >3.15V

„ Check the setting i.e. [V_UV_VCE_BBP]=51.96V

Please refer to test method of the setting i.e. [V_UV_VCE_BBP] for earthing system

„ Check the setting i.e. [V_NegOV_VCE_BBP] =3V

Please refer to test method of the setting i.e. [V_NegOV_VCE_BBP] for earthing system

After finishing all tests please change the setting i.e. [Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode]=0.

10.10.4 BC dead zone protection

BC breaker is closed

1. Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01] and
set feeder02 connecting to BB No.2 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB2_Fdr02].

2. Connect CT of feeder01 and BC CT the opposite polarity in series, and connect CT of

feeder02 independently. Then connect binary output contact of tripping BB No.2 and binary
input [BI_52b_BC] to test source. Connect binary output contact of tripping BB No.1 and
binary output contact of tripping BB No.2 to time meter. (Refer to Figure 10.10-7)

180 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

I TEST1
A 12C12

12C14

B US C O UP L E R
12C16

12C11

12C13

12C15

9C2

CURRENT CIRCUIT
9C4

R C S- 9 1 5 A S

FDR01
9C6

9C1
Test source
9C3

9C5

9C8

9C10

FDR02
9C12

9C7

9C9

9C11

+24V Binary input

[BI_52b_BC ]

R C S- 9 1 5 A S
6B9
Binary output
5A1
tripping bus2
5A13 T2 M-1

Binary output
5A1
tripping bus1
T1 M-1
Start 5A11
Time
meter
Stop

Figure 10.10-7 BC dead zone protection test (BC breaker is closed)

3. Please set two stages of test source and change from stage 1 to stage 2 to simulate to trip BC

breaker and to make dead zone protection operate. (For example STAGE 1: I TEST1 = 1∠ 0 0 A

and binary input [BI_52b_BC]=0; STAGE 2: I TEST1 = 1∠ 0 0 A and binary input

[BI_52b_BC]=1)

4. Use binary output contact of tripping BB No.2 as a triggering signal to change the state from
STAGE 1 to STAGE 2.

5. Start test from STAGE 1. BBP should operate to trip BC breaker and BB No.2. The binary
output contact of tripping BB No.2 will close and control the test source to change the state
from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2, and then BBP will trip BB No.1 with a time delay [t_EFP_BC].
“TRIP BC/BS” LED and “BBP TRIP BB2” LED should be turned on first and then “BBP TRIP

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 181

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

BB1” LED be turned on.

BC breaker is open

1. Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01].

2. Energize binary input [BI_52b_BC].

3. Connect CT of feeder01 and BC CT with the opposite polarity in series, and connect VTs of
BB No.1 and BB No.2. (Refer to Figure 10.10-8)

Figure 10.10-8 BC dead zone protection test (BC breaker is open)

4. Please set two stages of test source and change from stage 1 to stage 2 to make dead zone

protection operate. (For example STAGE 1: ITEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A , U TEST1 = 40 ∠ 0 0 V ; STAGE 2:

ITEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A , U TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 V ).

5. Start test from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2. BBP should operate to only trip BC breaker and BB
No.1 with “TRIP BC/BS” LED and “BBP TRIP BB1” LED turned on.

182 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

10.10.5 Bus coupler SOTF protection

Setting “BBP SETTINGS”:

[I_OC_SOTF_BC]=1A,

[En_SOTF_BC]=1

[En_BC.SOTF_Blk_BBP]=0

[En_BI_Blk_BBP]=0

Check BC SOTF protection

Energize binary input [EBI_SOTF_BC].

1. Connect the BC CT, connect VT of BB No.1 and connect binary input [BI_52b_BC]. (Refer to
Figure 10.10-9)

Figure 10.10-9 BC SOTF protection test

2. Injecting a current I TEST1 = 0.95 ∠ 0 0 A and making binary input [BI_52b_BC] from 1 to 0,

BC SOTF protection should not operate.

3. Injecting a current I TEST1 = 1.05 ∠ 0 0 A and making binary input [BI_52b_BC] from 1 to 0,

BC SOTF protection should operate to trip BC breaker with “TRIP BC/BS” LED turned on.

Must inject the current while making binary input [BI_52b_BC] change from 1 to 0, because the BC
SOTF protection is only enabled for 300ms when binary input [BI_52b_BC] changes from 1 to 0.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 183

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Check SOTF protection blocking BBP

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP]=0.4A

[I_Opt_Pcnt_BBP]=0.3A

[En_BBP]=1

[En_BC.SOTF_Blk_BBP]=0

[En_BI_Blk_BBP]=0

1. Energize binary input [EBI_BBP].

2. Connect the BC CT, connect VT of BB No.1 and connect binary input [BI_52b_BC]. (Refer to
Figure 10.10-9)

3. Please set three stages of test source and change from stage 1 to stage 3 to simulate the
closing of BC breaker and make BC SOTF protection operate. (For example STAGE 1:

I TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_52b_BC]=1; STAGE 2: I TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A and binary

input [BI_52b_BC]=0; STAGE 3: I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_52b_BC]=0;

Persisting time of STAGE 1, 2, 3 are set as 1s, 10ms, and 50ms respectively.)

4. Start test from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2 and then to STAGE 3. BC SOTF protection should
operate to trip BC breaker and BBP will also operate to trip BB No.1 and BC breaker. “TRIP
BC/BS” LED and “BBP TRIP BB1” LED should be turned on.

5. Chang setting [En_BC.SOTF_Blk_BBP]=1 and repeat above test. BC SOTF protection

should operate to trip BC breaker but without BBP operation. Only LED indicator “TRIP
BC/BS” is turned on.

Check external binary input blocking BBP

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_BC.SOTF_Blk_BBP]=0

[En_BI_Blk_BBP]=0

1. Energize binary input [En_BBP].

2. Connect the BC CT, connect VT of BB No.1 and connect binary input

[En_BC.SOTF_Blk_BBP].

3. Only inject a current I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A and BC SOTF protection should operate to trip BC

breaker and BBP should operate to trip BB No.1 and BC breaker. “TRIP BC/BS” LED and
“BBP TRIP BB1” LED should be turned on.

4. Change setting [En_BI_Blk_BBP] =1.

184 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

5. Please set two stages of test source and change stage 1 to stage 2 to make the SOTF

protection operate. (For example STAGE 1: I TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input

[BI_Blk_BBP]=1; STAGE 2: I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_Blk_BBP]=1; Persisting

time of STAGE 1 and STAGE 2 are set as 100ms.)

6. Start test from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2. Bus coupler SOTF protection should operate to trip BC
breaker without BBP operation. Only “TRIP BS/BC” LED is turned on.

7. After finishing all tests of BC SOTF protection, please change the relative setting back to the
original values.

10.10.6 Bus section SOTF protection

Test method is similar with BC SOTF protection, please refer to the test method above.

10.10.7 Bus coupler overcurrent protection

Change “BBP settings”

[I_OC_BC] =1A

[I_ROC_BC] =1A

[t_OC_BC] =0.5S

[En_OC_BC]=1

Energize binary input [EBI_OC_BC].

Connect the BC CT and binary output contact of tripping BC to time meter. (For example Figure
10.10-10)

Figure 10.10-10 BC OC protection test

Check the setting i.e. [I_OC_BC]=1A

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_ROC_BC]=2A

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 185

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

1. Inject a current I TEST1 = 0.95 ∠ 0 0 A and BC OC protection should not operate.

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 1.05 ∠ 0 0 A and BC OC protection should operate to trip BC breaker

with “TRIP BC/BS” LED turned on.

3. After finishing the test, change setting [I_ROC_BC] =1A

Check the setting i.e. [I_ROC_BC]=1A

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_OC_BC]=2A

Refer to test method of the setting i.e. [I_OC_BC].

After finishing the test, change setting [I_OC_BC]=1A

10.10.8 Bus section overcurrent protection

Test method is similar with BC OC protection, please refer to the test method above.

10.10.9 Bus coupler breaker failure protection

Change “SYSTEM SETTINGS”

[En_BI_Init_BFP_BC]=0

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_BFP_BC]=1A

[t_TrpBB_BFP_BC]=0.5S

[En_OC_Init_BFP_BC]=0

Check BBP initiating BC BFP

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_BBP]=1

Energize the function binary input [EBI_BBP]

1. Simulating an internal fault on BB No.1.

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A and the persisting time is longer than the setting i.e.

[t_TrpBB_BFP_BC].

3. BBP protection should operate to trip BB No.1 and BC breaker. “BBP TRIP BB1” LED and
“TRIP BC/BS” LED will be turned on first. After a delay [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC], BC BFP will
operate to trip BS1 and BS2. And after a delay [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC], BC BFP will operate to
trip BB No.1 and BB No.2, “BFP TRIP BB1” LED and “BFP TRIP BB2” LED will be turned on.

186 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

4. After finishing the test, change setting [En_BBP]=0 and de-energize the binary input
[EBI_BBP].

Check BC SOTF protection initiating BC BFP

Changing “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_SOTF_BC]=1

Energize binary input [EBI_SOTF_BC]

1. Connect the BC CT, connect VT of BB No.1 and connect binary input [BI_52b_BC] (For
example Figure 10.10-9)

2. Inject a current I1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A and make binary input [BI_52b_BC] =1 and the persisting time is

longer than the setting i.e. [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC].

3. BC SOTF protection should operate to trip BC breaker and “TRIP BC/BS” LED should be
turned on first. After a delay [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC], BC BFP will operate to trip BS1 and BS2.
And after a delay [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC], BC BFP will operate to trip BB No.1 and BB No.2, “BFP
TRIP BB1” LED and “BFP TRIP BB2” LED will be turned on.

4. After finishing the test, change setting [En_SOTF_BC]=0 and de-energize the binary input
[EBI_SOTF_BC].

Check external binary input initiating BC BFP

Chang “SYSTEM SETTINGS”

[En_BI_Init_BFP_BC] =1

1. Connect BC CT and binary input [BI_BFI_BC] to test source (For example Figure 10.10-11)

I1
A 12C14

12C16

12C18

12C13

Test source 12C15

12C17

+220/1
10
Binary input
6B21
[BI_BFI_BC]

Figure 10.10-11 BC BFP test

2. Please set two stages to make the BC BFP operate. (For example STAGE 1:

I TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_BFI_BC]=1; STAGE 2: I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A and binary

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 187

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

input [BI_BFI_BC] =1; Persisting time of STAGE 1 and STAGE 2 are set as 1s.

3. Start test from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2. After a delay [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC], BC BFP will operate
to trip BS1 and BS2. And after a delay [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC], BC BFP will operate to trip BB
No.1 and BB No.2, “BFP TRIP BB1” LED and “BFP TRIP BB2” LED will be turned on.

4. After finishing the test, change setting [En_BI_Init_BFP_BC]=0.

Check BC OC protection initiating BC BFP

Chang “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_OC_Init_BFP_BC]=1

[I_OC_BC]=1A

Energize the binary input [EBI_OC_BC]

1. Connect the BC CT. (Refer to Figure 10.10-11)

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A with persisting time longer than [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC].

3. BC OC protection should operate to trip BC breaker first and “TRIP BC/BS” LED will be
turned on. After a delay [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC], BC BFP will operate to trip BS1 and BS2. And
after a delay [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC], BC BFP will operate to trip BB No.1 and BB No.2, “BFP
TRIP BB1” LED and “BFP TRIP BB2” LED will be turned on.

4. After finishing the test, change settings [En_OC_Init_BFP_BC]=0 and [I_OC_BC]=5A.

10.10.10 BS breaker failure initiation and BS breaker failure protection

Check BS breaker failure initiation

[V_UV_VCE_BBP]=30V

[I_Pkp_Pcnt_BBP] =1.8A

Injected current remains at 2 ∠ 0 0 A , and the contact of BS1 breaker failure initiation (5B21-5B22,
5B23-5B24) will be energized.

I1
A 12C2

12C4

12C6
Test source
12C1

12C3

12C5

188 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Figure 10.10-12 BS BFI test

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_BFI_BS]=0

[I_BFP_BC]=1A

[t_TrpBB_BFP_BC]=0.5S

[En_OC_Init_BFP_BC]=0

Check BS SOTF protection initiating BS BFP

Changing “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_SOTF_BS1]=1

Energize binary input [EBI_SOTF_BS1]

1. Connect the BS CT, connect VT of BB No.1 and connect binary input [BI_52b_BS1] (For
example Figure 10.10-9)

2. Inject a current I1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A and make binary input [BI_52b_BS1] =1 and the persisting time

is longer than the setting i.e. [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC].

3. BS SOTF protection should operate to trip BS breaker and “TRIP BC/BS” LED should be
turned on first, after a delay i.e. [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC], BS BFP should operate to trip BC
breaker, then after a delay i.e. [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC], BS BFP should operate to trip BB No.1
with “BFP TRIP BB1” LED turned on.

4. After finishing the test, change setting [En_SOTF_BS1]=0 and de-energize the binary input
[EBI_SOTF_BS1].

Check external binary input initiating BS BFP

Chang “SYSTEM SETTINGS”

[En_BFP_BS] =1

1. Connect BS1 CT and binary input [BI_BFI_BS1] to test source (For example Figure 10.10-11)

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 189

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Figure 10.10-13 BS BFP test

2. Please set two stages to make the BS BFP operate. (For example STAGE 1:

I TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_BFI_BC]=1; STAGE 2: I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A and binary

input [BI_BFI_BC] =1; Persisting time of STAGE 1 and STAGE 2 are set as 1s.

3. Start test from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2. BS BFP protection should operate to trip BC breaker
with a time delay [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC] first and “TRIP BC/BS” LED will be turned on. Then, BS
BFP will operate to trip BB No.1 with a time delay [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC]. “BFP TRIP BB1” LED
should be turned on.

4. After finishing the test, change setting [En_BFP_BS]=0.

Check BS OC protection initiating BS BFP

Chang “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_OC_Init_BFP_BC]=1

[I_OC_BC]=1A

Energize the binary input [EBI_OC_BS1]

1. Connect the BS1 CT. (Refer to Figure 10.10-11)

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 2 ∠ 0 0 A with persisting time longer than [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC].

3. BS OC protection should operate to trip BS breaker and “TRIP BC/BS” LED should be turned
on first, after a delay i.e. [t_TrpBS_BFP_BC], BS BFP should operate to trip BC breaker, then
after a delay i.e. [t_TrpBB_BFP_BC], BS BFP should operate to trip BB No.1 with “BFP TRIP
BB1” LED turned on.

4. After finishing the test, change settings [En_OC_Init_BFP_BC]=0 and [I_OC_BC]=5A.

10.10.11 Bus coupler pole discrepancy protection

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

190 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

[I_ROC_PD_BC]=1A

[I_NegOC_PD_BC]=1A

[t_PD_BC]=1S

[En_PD_BC]=1

Energize the binary inputs [EBI_PD_BC] and [BI_52b_BC].

Check settings [I_ROC_PD_BC]=1A

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_NegOC_PD_BC]=5A

1. Connect BC CT to test source. Connect binary output contact of BC protection operating to a

time meter.(Refer to Figure 10.10-14)

ITEST1
A 12C14
Test source 12C16

CURRENT CIRCUIT
BUS COUPLER
RCS-915AS
12C18

12C13

12C15

12C17

Start
Time meter

RCS-915AS
5A1 Bus coupler
Stop
protection operate
5A15

Figure 10.10-14 BC pole discrepancy protection test

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 0.95 ∠ 0 0 A with persisting time longer than delay [t_PD_BC]. BC PD

protection does not operate.

3. Inject a current I TEST1 = 1.05 ∠ 0 0 A with persisting time longer than delay [t_PD_BC].

4. BC PD protection should operate to trip BC breaker with a time delay [t_PD_BC], and “TRIP
BC/BS” LED should be turned on.

5. After finishing the test, please change the setting i.e. [I_NegOC_PD_BC]=1A.

Check setting [I_NegOC_PD_BC]=1A

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_ROC_PD_BC]=5A

1. Connect BC CT. (Refer to Figure 10.10-14)

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 191

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

2. Inject a current I TEST1 = 2.85 ∠ 0 0 A with persisting time longer than delay [t_PD_BC]. BC PD

protection does not operate.

3. Inject a current I TEST1 = 3.15 ∠ 0 0 A and persisting time is longer than delay [t_PD_BC].

4. BC PD protection should operate to trip BC breaker with a time delay [t_PD_BC], and “TRIP
BC/BS” LED should be turned on.

5. After finishing the test, please change the setting i.e. [I_ROC_PD_BC]=1A.

6. After finishing all test of BC PD protection, de-energize binary inputs [EBI_PD_BC] and
[BI_52b_BC].

10.10.12 Bus section pole discrepancy protection

Test method is similar with BC pole discrepancy protection, please refer to the test method above.

10.10.13 Breaker failure protection

Chang “BFP SETTINGSpCOMMON”

[t_ReTrp_BFP]=0.15S

[t_TrpBC_BFP]=0.25S

[t_TrpBB_BFP]=0.35S

[V_UV_VCE_BFP]=30V

[V_ROV_VCE_BFP]=8V

[V_NegOV_VCE_BFP]=3V

[En_BFP] =1

Change “BFP SETTINGSpFDR01”

[I_OC_BFP_Fdr01]=2A

[I_ROC_BFP_Fdr01]=1A

[I_NegOC_BFP_Fdr01]=1A

[En_ROC_BFP_Fdr01]=0

[En_NegOC_BFP_Fdr01]=0

[Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr01]=0

Energize the binary input [EBI_BFP]

Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01].

Connect the VT of BB No.1, CT of feeder01 and binary inputs [BI_Disable_VCE_BFP] and

[BI_BFI_Fdr01] to test source. (Refer to Figure 10.10-15)

192 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

V V V
UTEST1
9B1
UTEST2
9B3

CURRENT AND VOLTAGE

UTEST3

BUS 1
9B5
9B7

RCS-915AS

CIRCUIT
ITEST1
A 9C2
9C4
Test source
9C6

FDR01
9C1
9C3
9C5

+250/220/ Binary input

125/110
[BI_Disable_V
6B20 CE_BFP]
+250/220/
125/110 Binary input
1B1 [BI_BFI_Fdr01]

RCS-915AS
Line being
Start 5A1 re-tripped
Time 5A21
counter 5A1 Tripping bus
coupler
Stop 5A13
5A1 BFP of bus1
operating
5A17

Figure 10.10-15 BFP test

Check BFP

1. Set two stages: STAGE 1: I TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_BFI_Fdr01] =0; STAGE 2:

I TEST1 = 2.5 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_BFI_Fdr01] =1.

2. The persisting time of STAGE 1 and STAGE 2 are set as 1s.

3. Start test from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2. BFP should operate to re-trip feeder01 and then trip BC
breaker and finally trip BB No.1 with different time delays. “RE-TRIP” LED, “TRIP BC/BS”
LED and “BFP TRIP BB1” LED should be turned on.

Check VCE of BFP

1. Set three stages: STAGE1: U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V

U TEST3 = 63.5 ∠120 0 V , I TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_BFI_Fdr01]=0;

STAGE2: U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 63.5 ∠120 0 V ,

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 193

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

I TESY1 = 2.5 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_BFI_Fdr01]=1; STAGE3: U TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 V ,

U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 63.5 ∠120 0 V , I TEST1 = 2.5 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input

[BI_BFI_Fdr01]=1.

2. The persisting time of STAGE 1, STAGE 2 and STAGE 3 are set as 1s.

3. Start test from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2. BFP should not operate. Sequentially test from STAGE
2 to STAGE 3. BFP should operate.

Change “BFP SETTINGSpFDR01”

[Disable_VCE_BFP_Fdr01]=1

1. Set two stages: STAGE1: U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V

U TEST3 = 63.5 ∠120 0 V , I TEST1 = 0 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_BFI_Fdr01]=0;

STAGE2: U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠ 0 0 V , U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V , U TEST3 = 63.5 ∠120 0 V ,

I TESY1 = 2.5 ∠ 0 0 A and binary input [BI_BFI_Fdr01]=1.

2. The persisting time of STAGE 1 and STAGE 2 are set as 1s.

3. Start test from STAGE 1 to STAGE 2. BFP should operate.

10.10.14 VT circuit failure

Change “SYSTEM SETTINGS”

[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode]=0

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_Unbal_SensCTS]=0.

Connect VTs of BB No.1 and CT of feeder01 to test source (Refer to Figure 10.10-16)

Here apply voltage on VT of BB No.1 to test the VT circuit failure alarm.

194 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Figure 10.10-16 VT circuit failure test

Neutral point earthing system

During the following tests, other alarms probably are issued such as [Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB1],
[Alm_Pkp_VCE_BB2], [Alm_CTS] and [Alm_SensCTS] which can be avoided through changing
relative settings.

1. Inject three-phase voltages: UTEST1 = 30∠0 0 V,U TEST2 = 30∠ − 120 0 V,U TEST3 = 45∠120 0 V to

VT of BB No.1 simultaneously and an alarm [Alm_VTS_BB1] will be issued with “CT/VT

ALARM” LED turned on with a time delay of 1.25s.

2. Inject three-phase voltages: UTEST1 = 15∠0 0 V,U TEST2 = 15∠ − 120 0 V,U TEST3 = 15∠120 0 V to VT

0
of BB No.1 and a current I TEST1 = 0.1∠0 A to CT of feeder01 and an alarm [Alm_VTS_BB1]
will be issued with “CT/VT ALARM” LED turned on with a time delay of 1.25s.

3. Inject three-phase voltages: U1 = 25∠0 0 V,U TEST2 = 15∠ − 120 0 V,U TEST3 = 15∠120 0 V to VT of

BB No.1 and an alarm [Alm_VTS_BB1] will be issued with “CT/VT ALARM” LED turned on
with a time delay of 1.25s.

Neutral point unearthing system

The criterion is changed

Negative sequence voltage of busbar U2 is greater than 4V.

Any phase-to-phase voltage of busbar is smaller than 0.7UNN.

(UNN: means phase-to-phase rated secondary value of VT)

Repeat test method above.

Disable VT circuit failure detection function

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 195

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Change: “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_Unbal_SensCTS]=1

1. Inject three-phase voltages: UTEST1 = 30∠0 0 V,U TEST2 = 30∠ − 120 0 V,U TEST3 = 45∠120 0 V to VT

of BB No.1 and a current I 1 = 0.06A∠0 0 A to CT of feeder01. An alarm [Alm_VTS_BB1] will be

issued with a time delay of 1.25s.

2. Inject three-phase voltages: UTEST1 = 30∠00 V,UTEST2 = 30∠ − 120 0 V,UTEST3 = 45∠120 0 V to VT

of BB No.1 and a current ITEST1 = 1.5 ∠0 0 A to CT of feeder01. An alarm [Alm_VTS_BB1] will

not be issued.

3. After finishing the test, change setting [En_Unbal_SensCTS]=0.

10.10.15 CT circuit failure

Change “SYSTEM SETTINGS”

[Opt_UnearthedSys_Mode]=0

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_Unbal_SensCTS]=0

[I_Alm_CTS]=0.5A

[I_Alm_SensCTS]=0.2A

Connect VT of BB No.1, BC CT and CT of feeder01 to test source (Refer to Figure 10.10-17)

Set feeder01 connecting to BB No.1 through energizing binary input [BI_DSBB1_Fdr01].

196 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

V V V
UTEST1
9B1
UTEST2
9B3

BUS 1
UTEST3
9B5

9B7

Test source
ITEST1
A 12C14

VOLTAGE AND CURRENT CIRCUIT

ITEST2 12C16

BUS COUPLER
A
12C18

RCS-915AS
12C13

12C15

12C17

9C2

9C4

FDR01
9C6

9C1

9C3

9C5

Figure 10.10-17 CT circuit failure test

Check CT circuit failure

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_Alm_SensCTS]=3A

1. Inject three-phase voltages:

UTEST1 = 63.5 ∠0 0 V,U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V,U TEST3 = 63.5 ∠120 0 V to VT of BB No.1 and a

current ITEST2 = 1∠0 0 A to CT circuit of feeder01. The alarms [Alm_CTS] and

[Alm_CTS_AnyFdr] will be issued with “CT/VT ALARM” LED turned on with a time delay of
5s.

2. Inject three-phase voltages:

U TEST1 = 63.5 ∠0 0 V, U TEST2 = 63.5 ∠ − 120 0 V, U TEST3 = 63.5 ∠120 0 V to VT of BB No.1 and a

current I TEST2 = 0.3 ∠0 0 A to CT circuit of feeder01 and a current I TEST1 = 1∠0 0 A to BC CT.

The alarms [Alm_CTS] and [Alm_CTS_BC] will be issued with “CT/VT ALARM” LED turned
on with a time delay of 5s.

3. After finishing all tests, change setting [I_Alm_SensCTS]=0.2A.

Check CT circuit abnormality

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 197

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[I_Alm_CTS]=3A

1. Inject a current I TEST2 = 1∠0 0 A to CT of feeder01 and an alarm [Alm_SensCTS] will be issued

with “CT/VT ALARM” LED turned on with a time delay of 5s.

2. Inject a current I TEST2 = 0.1∠0 0 A to CT circuit of feeder 1 and a current I TEST1 = 0.5 ∠0 0 A to

BC CT. The alarms [Alm_SensCTS] and [Alm_Diff_SensCTS_BC] will be issued with “MISC
ALARM” LED turned on with a time delay of 5s.

Change: “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_Unbal_SensCTS]=1

3. If inject a current I TEST2 = 0.1∠0 0 A to CT of feeder01 and the alarms [Alm_SensCTS] and

[Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_Fdr01] will be issued with “MISC ALARM” LED turned on with a time
delay of 5s.

4. If inject a current I TEST2 = 0.1∠0 0 A to BC CT and the alarms [Alm_SensCTS] and

[Alm_Unbal_SensCTS_BC] will be issued with “MISC ALARM” LED turned on with a time
delay of 5s.

Change “BBP SETTINGS”

[En_Unbal_SensCTS]=0

Repeat step 3 and step 4. No such alarms are issued.

10.10.16 Print reports

In order to acquire the details of protection operation, it is convenient to print the fault report of
protection device. The printing work can be easily finished when operator presses the print button
on panel of protection device to energize binary input [BI_Print] or operate control menu. What
should be noticed is that only the latest fault report can be printed if operator presses the print
button. A complete fault report includes the content shown as follows.

1) Trip event report

2) Binary input when protection devices start

3) Self-check and the transition of binary input in the process of devices start

4) Fault wave forms compatible with COMTRADE

5) The setting value when the protection device trips

10.10.17 On-load checks

The objectives of the on-load checks are:

198 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

1) Confirm the external wiring to the current and voltage inputs is correct.

2) Measure the magnitude of on-load current and voltage (if applicable).

3) Check the polarity of each current transformer.

However, these checks can only be carried out if there are no restrictions preventing the
tenderization of the plant being protected.

Remove all test leads, temporary shorting leads, etc. and replace any external wiring that has
been removed to allow testing.

If it has been necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the protection in order to
perform any of the foregoing tests, it should be ensured that all connections are replaced in
accordance with the relevant external connection or scheme diagram. Confirm current and voltage
transformer wiring.

10.11 Final Check

After the above tests are completed, remove all test or temporary shorting leads, etc. If it has been
necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the protection in order to perform the
wiring verification tests, it should be ensured that all connections are replaced in accordance with
the relevant external connection or scheme diagram.

Ensure that the protection has been restored to service.

If the protection is in a new installation or the circuit breaker has just been maintained, the circuit
breaker maintenance and current counters should be zero. If a test block is installed, remove the
test plug and replace the cover so that the protection is put into service.

Ensure that all event records, fault records, disturbance records and alarms have been cleared
and LED’s has been reset before leaving the protection.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 199

Chapter 10 Installation and Commissioning

200 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 11 Maintenance

Chapter 11 Maintenance
NARI-RELAYS numerical protective device is designed to require no special maintenance. All
measurement and signal processing circuit are fully solid state. All input modules are also fully
solid state. The output relays are hermetically sealed.

Since the device is almost completely self-monitored, from the measuring inputs to the output
relays, hardware and software defects are automatically detected and reported. The
self-monitoring ensures the high availability of the device and generally allows for a corrective
rather than preventive maintenance strategy. Therefore, maintenance checks in short intervals are
not required.

Operation of the device is automatically blocked when a hardware failure is detected. If a problem
is detected in the external measuring circuits, the device normally only provides alarm messages.

11.1 Appearance Check

1. The relay case should be clean without any dust stratification. Case cover should be sealed
well. No component has any mechanical damage and distortion, and they should be firmly fixed in
the case. Relay terminals should be in good condition. The keys on the front panel with very good
feeling can be operated flexibly.

2. It is only allowed to plug or withdraw relay board when the supply is reliably switched off.
Never allow the CT secondary circuit connected to this equipment to be opened while the primary
system is live when withdrawing an AC module. Never try to insert or withdraw the relay board
when it is unnecessary.

3. Check weld spots on PCB whether they are well soldered without any rosin joint. All dual
inline components must be well plugged.

11.2 Failure Tracing and Repair

Failures will be detected by automatic supervision or regular testing.

When a failure is detected by supervision, a remote alarm is issued and the failure is indicated on
the front panel with LED indicators and LCD display. It is also recorded in the event record.
Failures detected by supervision are traced by checking the “ALARM REPORT” screen on the
LCD.

When a failure is detected during regular testing, confirm the following:

„ Test circuit connections are correct

„ Modules are securely inserted in position

„ Correct DC power voltage is applied

„ Correct AC inputs are applied

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 201

Chapter 11 Maintenance

„ Test procedures comply with those stated in the manual

11.3 Replace Failed Modules

If the failure is identified to be in the relay module and the user has spare modules, the user can
recover the protection by replacing the failed modules.

Repair at the site should be limited to module replacement. Maintenance at the component level is
not recommended.

Check that the replacement module has an identical module name (AC, DC, CPU, SIG, I/O, MON,
etc.) and hardware type-form as the removed module. Furthermore, the CPU module replaced
should have the same software version. In addition, the AC and DC module replaced should have
the same ratings.

The module name is indicated on the top front of the module. The software version is indicated in
LCD menu “VERSION”.

Caution!

When handling a module, take anti-static measures such as wearing an earthed wrist band
and placing modules on an earthed conductive mat. Otherwise, many of the electronic
components could suffer damage. After replacing the CPU module, check the settings.

1) Replacing a module

„ Switch off the DC power supply

„ Disconnect the trip outputs

„ Short circuit all AC current inputs and disconnect all AC voltage inputs

„ Unscrew the module.

Warning!

Hazardous voltage can be present in the DC circuit just after switching off the DC power
supply. It takes approximately 30 seconds for the voltage to discharge.

2) Replacing the Human Machine Interface Module (front panel)

„ Open the relay front panel

„ Unplug the ribbon cable on the front panel by pushing the catch outside.

„ Detach the HMI module from the relay

„ Attach the replacement module in the reverse procedure.

3) Replacing the AI, PWR, CPU, SIG or I/O module

„ Unscrew the module connector

202 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 11 Maintenance

„ Unplug the connector from the target module.

„ Unscrew the module.

„ Pull out the module

„ Inset the replacement module in the reverser procedure.

„ After replacing the CPU module or MON module, input the application-specific setting values
again.

Warning!

Units and modules may only be replaced while the supply is switched off and only by
appropriately trained and qualified personnel. Strictly observe the basic precautions to
guard against electrostatic discharge.

Warning!

When handling a module, take anti-static measures such as wearing an earthed wrist band
and placing modules on an earthed conductive mat. Otherwise, many of the electronic
components could suffer damage. After replacing the CPU module, check the settings.

Danger!

After replacing modules, be sure to check that the same configuration is set as before the
replacement. If this is not the case, there is a danger of the unintended operation of
switchgear taking place or of protections not functioning correctly. Persons may also be
put in danger.

Figure 11.3-1 Replace module

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 203

Chapter 11 Maintenance

11.4 Replace Button Battery

When the voltage of button Battery on CPU board is below 3 volts (nominal voltage is 3.6 volts),
please replace the button battery to ensure internal clock of CPU board running correctly.

11.5 Cleaning
Before cleaning the relay, ensure that all AC/DC supplies, current transformer connections are
isolated to prevent any chance of an electric shock whilst cleaning. Use a smooth cloth to clean
the front panel. Do not use abrasive material or detergent chemicals.

11.6 Storage
The spare relay or module should be stored in a dry and clean room. Based on IEC standard
60255-6 the storage temperature should be from -25oC to 70oC, but the temperature of from -10oC
to 40oC is recommended for long-term storage.

204 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 12 Decommissioning and Disposal

Chapter 12 Decommissioning and Disposal

12.1 Decommissioning
1. Switching off

To switch off the RCS-915AS, switch off the external miniature circuit breaker of the power supply.

2. Disconnecting Cables

Disconnect the cables in accordance with the rules and recommendations made by relational
department.

Danger!

Before disconnecting the power supply cables that connected with the DC module of the
RCS-915AS, make sure that the external miniature circuit breaker of the power supply is
switched off.

Danger!

Before disconnecting the cables that are used to connect analog input module with the
primary CTs and VTs, make sure that the circuit breaker for the primary CTs and VTs is
switched off.

3. Dismantling

The RCS-915AS rack may now be removed from the system cubicle, after which the cubicles may
also be removed.

Danger!

When the station is in operation, make sure that there is an adequate safety distance to
live parts, especially as dismantling is often performed by unskilled personnel.

12.2 Disposal
In every country there are companies specialized in the proper disposal of electronic waste.

Note!

Strictly observe all local and national regulations when disposing of the device.

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 205

Chapter 12 Decommissioning and Disposal

206 NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD

 Chapter 13 Manual Version History

Chapter 13 Manual Version History

In the latest version of RCS-915AS, several descriptions on existing features have been modified.
These are described with reference to the table listed below:

Manual History

Software Version Manual Version Source Documentation

R3.21 R1.00 RCS-915AS Busbar Protection

Modification Recorder

Manual Version Section Page No. Description of change Note

R1.00 Original release

NANJING NARI-RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LTD 207